Upload
others
View
2
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
LAKKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., A Sec
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Environmental Science- 17FE03
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3-0-0
COURSE CREDITS 3
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr. Shaheda Niloufer
COURSE COORDINATOR : Dr. Shaheda Niloufer
PRE-REQUISITE:
COURSE OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this course is to provide a general background on
developing an understanding of systems and cycles on the earth and how individual
organisms live together in complex communities and how human activities influence our air,
water and soil. It also helps in developing an understanding about our use of fossil fuels and
effect on climate and sustainable management of natural resources.
COURSE OUT COMES (CO): After the completion of the course, students
should be able to:
CO1: Identify environmental problems arising due to engineering and technological activities
that help to be the part of sustainable solutions.
CO2: Evaluate local, regional and global environmental issues related to resources and their
sustainable management.
CO3: Realize the importance of ecosystem and biodiversity for maintaining ecological
balance.
CO4: Acknowledge and prevent the problems related to pollution of air, water and soil.
CO5: Identify the significance of implementing environmental laws and abatement devices
for environmental management.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs& POs,
PSOs):
Course
Outcomes
PO’s
ENVIRONMENAL STUDIES
Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1. 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO2. 3 3 3 3 3
CO3. 3 3 2 2
CO4. 3 2 3 2 3
CO5. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 Anubha Kaushik, C.P.Kaushik, “Perspectives in Environmental Studies”, New age
international publishers, 5th Edition, Delhi, 2016.
T2 Mahua Basu, S. Xavier, “Fundamentals of Environmental Studies”, Cambridge
University Press, 1st Edition, Delhi, 2016.
BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 S. Deswal, A. Deswal, “A Basic course in Environmental Studies”, Educational &
Technical Publishers, 2nd Edition, Delhi, 2014.
R2 R. Rajagopalan, “Environmental Studies (From Crisis to Cure)”, Oxford University
Press, 2nd Edition, New Delhi, 2012.
R3 De, A.K, “Environmental Chemistry”, New Age International (P) Limited, 5th Edition,
New Delhi, 2003.
R4 Dr.K.V.S.G. Murali Krishna, “Environmental Studies”, VGS Techno Series, 1st
Edition, Vijayawada, 2010. R5 G. Tyler Miller, Scott Spoolman, “Introduction to Environmental Studies”, Cengage
Learning, 13th Edition, New Delhi, 2009.
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A
UNIT-I: NATURE AND SCOPE OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1.
Introduction, components
of Environment
1
17-06-2019
1,2
CO1
T1
2.
Scope and importance
of environmental
studies
1 19-06-2019
1,2
CO1
T1
3.
Population explosion and
variations among Nations.
1 21-06-2019
1,2
CO1
T1
4.
Resettlement and
Rehabilitation - Issues
and possible solutions
1
24-06-2019
1,2,9
CO1
T1
5. Environment and human health
1 26-06-2019
1,2 CO1 T1
6. HIV-AIDS, 1 28-06-2019 1,2 CO1 T1
7. Environmental ethics 1 01-07-2019 1,2 CO1 T1
8.
Role of Information Technology in
environmental
management and human health
1
03-07-2019
1,2
CO1
T1
9. Assignment in UNIT I 1 05-07-2019 6 CO1
10. Tutorial -1 1 08-07-2019 3 CO1
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I
10
No. of classes taken:
UNIT-II: NATURAL RESOURCES AND CONSERVATION
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
11. Introduction and classification
of Natural resources 1 10-07-2019
1,2
CO2 T1
12. Forest Resources 1 12-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
13. Water Resources 1 15-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
14. Water Resources 1 17-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
15. Tutorial-2 1 19-07-2019 3 CO2 T1
16. Mineral Resources 1 22-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
17. Food Resources 1 24-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
18. Food Resources 1 26-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
19. Energy Resources 1 29-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
20. Assignment in Unit II 1 31-07-2019 6 CO2 T1
21. Energy Resources 1 02-08-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
22. I MID Examinations 05-08-2019 T1
23. I MID Examinations 07-08-2019 T1
24. I MID Examinations 09-08-2019 T1
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II
11
No. of classes taken:
UNIT-III: ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
25. Definition, structure and
functions of an ecosystem Food chains and Food webs
1
14-08-2019
1,2 CO3 T1,T2
26. Ecological succession, Ecological pyramids
1 16-08-2019 1,2 CO3 T1, T2
27.
Biogeochemical cycles, Major
Types of Ecosystems – Forest, Grassland, Desert Land &
aquatic Ecosystem, Ecological Niche and Keystone Species
1
19-08-2019
1,2
CO3 T1, T2
28. Tutorial-3 1 21-08-2019 3 CO3 T1, T2
29.
Biogeographical classification
of India. India as a mega diversity nation
1
23-08-2019
1,2
CO3 T1, T2
30.
Values of biodiversity- Direct
and Indirect values. Threats to
biodiversity; Man and wild
life conflicts. Endangered and
endemic species of India
1
26-08-2019
1,2
CO3 T1, T2
31. Conservation of biodiversity:
In-situ and Ex-situ conservation methods
1
28-08-2019 1,2 CO3 T1, T2
32. Assignment Unit III 1 30-08-2019 6 CO3 T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III
08
No. of classes taken:
UNIT-IV: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
33.
Introduction to
Environmental Pollution
Causes, effects and control measures of: Air Pollution
04-09-2019
1,2
34. Causes, effects and control
measures of: Water
Pollution
1
06-09-2019
1,2
CO4
T1, T2
35. Causes, effects and control measures of: Soil Pollution
1 09-09-2019
1,2 CO4 T1, T2
36. Tutorial-4 & Assignment
in Unit IV 1 11-09-2019
3&6 CO4 T1, T2
37.
Causes, effects and control
measures of: Noise Pollution. Causes, effects
and control measures of: Nuclear Pollution
1
13-09-2019
1,2
CO4
T1, T2
38. Solid Waste Management 1 16-09-2019 1,2 CO4 T1, T2
39.
Environmental Issues
relating to Climate change,
global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion
1
18-09-2019
1,2
CO4
T1, T2
40.
Disaster Management-
Floods, Cyclones,
Earthquakes, Landslides and Tsunamis.
1
20-09-2019
1,2
CO4
T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV
08
No. of classes taken:
UNIT-V: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
41. Sustainable development and unsustainability
1 23-09-2019
1,2
42. Stockholm and Rio Summit 1 25-09-2019 1,2
43. Tutorial-5 & Assignment
in UNIT- V
1
27-09-2019
3&6
T2
44. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA),
1
30-09-2019
1,2
T2
45. Green building 1 04-10-2019 1,2 T2
46. Consumerism and Waste products. Carbon credits and carbon trading.
1
07-10-2019
1,2
T2
47.
Environmental Law- Air, Water Acts. Wild life,
Forest, and Environmental
protection act
1
09-10-2019
1,2
T2
48. Revision 1 11-10-2019 1,2 T2
44. II MID EXAMINATION 16-10-2019 T1, T2
45. II MID EXAMINATION 18-10-2019 T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V
08
No. of classes taken:
Contents beyond the Syllabus
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
49 Case studies of Environmental Pollution
1
1,2
50 Limitations for Environmental Legislation in India
1
1,2
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17-06-2019 03-08-2019 7
I Mid Examinations 05-08-2019 10-08-2019 1
II Phase of Instructions 12-08-2019 12-10-2019 9
II Mid Examinations 14-10-2019 19-10-2019 1
Preparation and Practicals 21-10-2019 31-10-2019 1½
Semester End Examinations 01-11-2019 16-11-2019 2
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=5
Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=5
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=5
Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=5
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B 1,2,3,4,5 A+B=25
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 C=75
Total Marks: A+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 100
Dr. Shaheda Niloufer Dr. Shaheda Niloufer
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Department of Mechanical Engineering (Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
Part-A PROGRAM : B. Tech., III-Sem., (Mech - A)
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20
COURSE NAME & CODE : NUMERICAL METHODS AND FOURIER ANALYSIS
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 4-1-0
COURSE CREDITS 4
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : D. Vijay Kumar
COURSE COORDINATOR : Y.P.C.S. Anil Kumar
PRE-REQUISITES : None
COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs): The main objective of this course is to enable
the students learn numerical techniques for solving the equations, interpolation, differential equations
and fitting of various curves. They will also learn about the Fourier analysis of single valued
functions.
COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)
After completion of the course, the student will be able to CO1: Compare the rate of accuracy between various methods and approximating the root of the
equation and distinguish among the criteria of section and procedures of various numerical integration
rules.
CO2: Estimate the best fit polynomial for the given tabulated data using the methods of Newton’s
interpolation formulae and Lagrange’s interpolation.
CO3: Apply various numerical methods in solving the initial value problem involving the ordinary
differential equations.
CO4: Estimate the unknown dependent variable using curve fitting methods.
CO5: Generate the single valued functions in the form of Fourier series and obtained the Fourier
Transforms.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos &POs, PSOs):
COs
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
CO1 3 2 2 1
CO2 3 2 2 1
CO3 3 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’
1- Slight (Low), 2 – Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 S.S. Sastry, “Introductory methods of numerical analysis”, 5th Edition, PHI, New Delhi, 2005
T2 Dr. B. V. Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 1stEdition, TMH, New Delhi, 2010.
BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 Dr. B.S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 42ndEdition, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 2012.
R2 Steven. C. Chopra, Ra. P. Canale, “Numerical methods for engineers with programming and
software application”, 4th edition, TMH, New Delhi, 2002.
R3 M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar, M. K. Jain, “Numerical methods for scientific and engineering computation”, 5th Edition, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2007
Part-B
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN):
UNIT-I: Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations and Numerical
Integration
S.
No.
Topics to be covered No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Introduction to the course
1 17/6/19 TLM1
2. Course outcomes 1 18/6/19 TLM1
3. Algebraic and
Transcendental Equation
1 19/6/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
4. False Position method 2 20/6/19 22/6/19
TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
5. Newton- Raphson Method in one variable
2 24/6/19 26/6/19
TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
6. Tutorial-1 1 25/6/19 TLM3 CO1 T1,T2
7. Numerical integration & Trapezoidal rule
1 27/6/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
8. Simpson’s 1/3 Rule 2 29/6/19 1/7/19
TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
9. Tutorial-2 1 2/7/19 TLM3 CO1 T1,T2
10. Simpson’s 3/8 Rule. 2 3/7/19 4/7/19
TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
11. Assignment 1 6/7/19 TLM6 CO1 T1,T2
12. Quiz-1 1 8/7/19 TLM6 CO1 T1,T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I
16 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-II: Interpolation and Finite Differences
S.
No.
Topics to be covered No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
13. Introduction – Finite 1 9/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
differences
14. Forward Differences-
Backward differences –
2 10/7/19 11/7/19
TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
Central differences
15. Symbolic relations and separation
2 15/7/19 17/7/19
TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
of symbols
16. Tutorial-3 1 16/7/19 TLM3 CO2 T1,T2
17. Newton’s formulae for interpolation
3 18/7/19 20/7/19
TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
22/7/19
18. Tutorial-4 1 23/7/19 TLM3 CO2 T1,T2
19. Lagrange’s Interpolation 3 24/7/19 25/7/19 27/7/19
TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
20. Problems 1 29/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
21. Assignment 1 30/7/19 TLM6 CO2 T1,T2
22. Quiz-2 1 31/7/19 TLM6 CO2 T1,T2
23. Revision 1 1/8/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
24. Revision 1 3/8/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II
18 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-III: Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations
S.
No.
Topics to be covered No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
25. Introduction to Unit-III 1 13/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
26. Solution by Taylor’s series
2 14/8/19 17/8/19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
27. Picard’s Method 1 19/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
28. Tutorial-5 1 20/8/19 TLM3 CO3 T1,T2
29. Euler’s Method 1 21/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
30. Modified Euler’s Method 1 22/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
31. Runge- Kutta Method 2 26/8/19 28/8/19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
32. Tutorial-6 1 27/8/19 TLM3 CO3 T1,T2
33. Assignment 1 29/8/19 TLM6 CO3 T1,T2
34. Quiz-3 1 31/8/19 TLM6 CO3 T1,T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III
12 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-IV: Curve Fitting
S.
No.
Topics to be covered No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
35. Introduction to UNIT IV 1 3/9/19 TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
36. Tutorial-7 1 4/9/19 TLM3 CO4 T1,T2
37. Fitting of a Straight line 1 5/9/19 TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
38. Fitting of a second degree polynomial
2 7/9/19 9/9/19
TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
39. Fitting of exponential curves
1 11/9/19 TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
40. Fitting of a power curve 1 12/9/19 TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
41. Assignment 1 16/9/19 TLM6 CO4 T1,T2
42. Tutorial-8 1 17/9/19 TLM3 CO4 T1,T2
43. Quiz-4 1 18/9/19 TLM6 CO4 T1,T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV
10 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-V: Fourier series and Fourier Transforms
S.
No.
Topics to be covered No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
44. Determination of Fourier coefficients
1 19/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
45. Even and Odd Functions 1 21/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
46. Fourier Cosine and Sine Series
2 23/9/19 25/9/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
47. Tutorial-9 1 24/9/19 TLM3 CO5 T1,T2
48. Fourier Series in an arbitrary interval
1 26/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
49. Half-range Sine and Cosine series
1 28/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
50. Half-range series in an arbitrary interval
1 30/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
51. Fourier Integral theorem, Fourier sine and cosine integrals
2 1/10/19
3/10/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
52. Fourier Transform, Inverse Transform
1 5/10/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
53. Sine and cosine transforms, Properties
1 7/10/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
54. Tutorial-10 1 9/10/19 TLM3 CO5 T1,T2
55. Assignment/Quiz-5 1 10/10/19 TLM6 CO5 T1,T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V
14 No. of classes taken:
Contents beyond the Syllabus S.
No.
Topics to be covered No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning
Methods
Learning Outcome
COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
56. Finite Fourier Transforms
1 12/10/19
TLM1 T1,T2
No. of classes required to
complete 1
No. of classes taken:
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam Prabha/MOOCS)
TLM2 PPT TLM6 Assignment or Quiz
TLM3 Tutorial TLM7 Group Discussion/Project
TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)
Part - C
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task Units Marks
Assignment– 1 1 A1=5
Assignment– 2 2 A2=5
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Online Quiz-1 1,2 C1=10
Assignment– 3 3 A3=5
Assignment– 4 4 A4=5
Assignment– 5 5 A5=5
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Online Quiz-2 3,4,5 C2=10
Evaluation of Assignment: A=Avg (Best of Four(A1,A2,A3,A4,A5)) 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=10
Attendance Marks based on Percentage of attendance D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 40
Semester End Examinations : E 1,2,3,4,5 60
Total Marks: A+B+C+D+E 1,2,3,4,5 100
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HoD
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,
NAAC Accredited with ‘B++’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015) L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh
COURSE HANDOUT Part-A
PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Semester, A-Section ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : Thermodynamics-17ME03 L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0 COURSE CREDITS : 3 COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr.P.Tharun Sai COURSE COORDINATOR : Dr. P. Ravindra Kumar PRE-REQUISITES : Engineering Physics
COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs):
To provide insights on laws of thermodynamics and its applications, gas mixtures, pure substances and thermodynamic cycles.
COURSE OUTCOMES (COS): At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Comprehend the concepts of heat, work, and forms of energy, laws of thermodynamics, mixtures of gases, pure substances and thermodynamics cycles. CO2: Describe various thermal systems using thermodynamic laws and principles CO3: Apply the laws of thermodynamics to solve problems on various thermodynamic systems. CO4: Analyse thermodynamic cycles, properties of pure substances and mixture of gases using thermodynamic concepts. CO5: Evaluate the performance parameters of the thermodynamic cycles, pure substances and gases mixtures.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs and POs and PSOs)
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs)- Thermodynamics- (17ME03)
POs PSOs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO 1 PSO 2 PSO 3
CO
s
CO1 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - - 1 3 - 1
CO2 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - 3 1 3 - 2
CO3 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 1 3 - 1
CO4 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 1 2 - 1
CO5 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - - 1 3 - 1
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 P.K.Nag, “Engineering Thermodynamics”- McGraw-Hill. 5th Edition, 2013
T2 Y.A. Cengel, and M.A.Boles, “Thermodynamics : An Engineering Approach”, McGraw-Hill, 7th Edition, 2011.
BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 G.J.Van Wylen & Sonntag, “Fundamentals of Thermodynamics”, John Wiley& sons, publications Inc. 5th Edition, 1998.
R2 E.Rathakrishnan, “Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics”, PHI, 2nd Edition, 2010.
Part-B
Course Delivery Plan (Lesson Plan): Section-A
S.NO TOPIC TO BE COVERED No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
TLM
HOD
Signature
Unit-1
BASIC CONCEPTS
1 Basic Concepts and Definitions 1 17-6-19 1
2 Macroscopic & Microscopic approaches 1 20-6-19 1
3 System-Types, Control Volume
Properties of system
1 21-6-19
1
4 State, Path, Process, Cycle, path and
point functions.
1 22-6-19 1,2
5 Thermodynamic Equilibrium,
Quasistatic process, applications of TD,
Internal Energy, Specific heat , Enthalpy
1 24-6-19 1,2
Tutorial-1 1 27-6-19 3
6 Zeroth law of Thermodynamics
Temperature scales – Temperature
measurement
static process
1
28-6-19
1
7 Constant volume gas thermometer
Numerical Problems on Temperature
scales
2 29-6-19
01-7-19
1
8 Advantages of gas thermometers over
liquid thermometers
1 04-7-19
1,4
9 Numerical problems on Internal energy,
enthalpy, specific heat and latent heat,
Assignement-1
2 05-07-19
06-07-19
1,2,3
10 Tutorial-2 1 08-7-19 3
Number of classes required 13
Number of classes taken:
Unit-II
FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS
11 Introduction, Energy - Property of the
system
1 11-7-19 1
12 Thermodynamic Process and its
derivations
1 12-7-19 1,2
13 First Law Analysis of Closed and open
System undergoing different process
2 15-7-19
18-7-19
1,2
14
Different forms of stored energy and
forms of energy, heat, work , Mechanical
forms of work
2 19-7-19
20-7-19
1
15 Applications of first law, PMM1
Numerical problems on work and energy
1 22-7-18 1
Tutorial-3 1 25-7-19 3
16 Thermodynamic analysis of control
volume-conservation of mass,
conservation of energy principle
1 26-7-19 1,2
17 Flow work , Steady Flow Process 1 27-7-19 1,2
18 Steady Flow Energy Equation 1 29-7-19 1,2
19 Steady Flow Engineering Devices-
Nozzles, Diffusers, Turbine,
Compressors, Throttling Valves, Heat
Exchangers and Limitations
2 01-8-19
02-8-19
1,2,6
20 Numerical problems on steady flow
energy equation, Assignement-2
1 03-8-19 1,2,3
21 Tutorial-4 1 03-8-19 3
Number of classes required 15
Number of classes taken:
Number of classes required Unit-III
SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS
22 Thermal energy reservoirs, heat engines,
Refrigerator, heat pumps 1
16-8-19 1
23 Kelvin-Planks, Clausius statement of
second law of thermodynamics 1
17-8-19 1
24 Numerical Problems on Second law of
TD 1
19-8-19 1,2,3
25 Equivalence of Kelvin -Planck and
Clausius statements 1
22-8-19 1,2
26 Perpetual Motion Machine-II
Differences between reversible and
irreversible process, Carnot cycle
1 23-8-19
1,2
27 Carnot Theorem –Numerical problem 1 24-8-19
1, 2, 3
28 Entropy: Introduction, Clausius
inequality, t-s property diagrams 1 26-8-19 1,2
29 Entropy change for ideal gases -
Derivations 1 29-8-19 1,2
30 Isentropic relations for ideal gases,
Principle of increase of entropy 1 30-8-19 1
31 Applications of Entropy- Third law of
Thermodynamics 1 31-8-19 1,2
32 Numerical Problems,
Assignement-3 1 05-9-19
1, 3
33 Tutorial-5 1 06-9-19
3
Number of classes required 12 Number of classes taken:
Unit-IV
NON REACTIVE MIXTURES AND PURE SUBSTANCE
34
Non-reactive mixtures Introduction,
composition of gas mixture ,Mass ,
Volume and mole fractions and
problems
1 07-9-19
1
35
Daltons law of additive pressures
Amagat's law of additive volumes, Ideal
gas mixture and problems
1 09-9-19
1,2
36 Non-reactive mixtures and its problems 1 12-9-19 1
37
Pure substance: Introduction, phase of
pure substance, dryness fraction Phase
change processes, property diagrams, P-
V-T surface, property tables
1 13-9-19 1,2,5
38 Numerical Problems 1 14-9-19
1,5
39 h-s diagrams (Mollier chart) for pure
substance, Assignement-4 1 16-9-19 1,2,3,5
40 Tutorial-6 1 19-9-19 3
Number of classes required 07 Number of classes taken:
Unit-V
THERMODYNAMIC CYCLES
41
Vapour power cycles:
Analysis of Carnot vapour cycle-
Numerical Problem 1 20-9-19 1,2,5
42 Simple Rankine cycle and Problem 1 21-9-19 1,2,5
43
Gas power cycles-
Introduction, Analysis of power cycles-
Carnot cycle-Otto cycle –Numerical
problems
1 23-9-19
1,2,5
44 Diesel cycle, Dual cycle - Numerical
Problems 1 26-9-19
1,5
45 Brayton Cycles and its problems 1 27-9-19 1,2
46 Atkinson cycle derivation and numerical
problem 1 28-9-19 1,2
47 Tutorial-7 1 30-10-19 3
48 Refrigeration cycles:
Reversed Carnot cycle, Bell-Coleman
cycle
1 03-10-19 1,2,6
49 Problems on Bell-Coleman cycles
1 04-10-19 1,2
50 Simple vapour compression cycle and
problems, Assignement-5
1 05-10-19
1,2,3
Number of classes required 10 Number of classes taken:
Total Number of classes required for the
subject
57
Contents beyond the syllabus
51 Advanced Thermometers, temperature
indicators
1 11-10-19 1,2
52 Combined and Cogeneration cycles 1 11-10-19 1,2
Delivery Methods (DM):
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)
TLM2 PPT TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam
Prabha/MOOCS)
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Group Discussion/Project
Part - C
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment–1 1 A1=5
Assignment–2 2 A2=5
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Online Quiz-Q1 1,2 Q1-10
Assignment – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment– 4 4 A4=5
Assignment – 5 5 A5=5
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Online Quiz-Q2 3,4,5 Q2-10
Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: Q=(Q1+Q2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 Q=10
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Attendance C= 5
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+Q+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 60
Total Marks: 40+60 1,2,3,4,5 100
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in Mathematics, Science
and Mechanical Engineering.
PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become successful in
multidisciplinary activities.
PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an
engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering problems
reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering
sciences
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system
components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and
safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods
including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide
valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and
IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the
limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,
safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering
practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal
and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the
engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams,
and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design
documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and
management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage
projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in
independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)
1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal systems.
2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards improvement of quality
and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.
3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various
systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.
Course
Instructor Course
Coordinator Module
Coordinator HOD
Signature
Name of the Faculty Mr.P.Tharun Sai
Dr.P.Ravindra Kumar
Dr.P.Vijaya Kumar
Dr.S.Pichi Reddy
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,
Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015 L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
PART - A
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III Sem., ME- A -SEC
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 2020
COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering – [17EC50]
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0
COURSE CREDITS 3
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K.Sasi Bhushan
COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan
PRE-REQUISITE : Engineering Physics, Basic Electrical Engineering,
Course Educational Objective: This course will provide introduction to semiconductor materials, operation of electronic devices like diodes, transistors and their applications. These courses further provides knowledge about logic gates, implementation of digital circuits using logic gates and understand the constraints of operational amplifier.
COURSE OUTCOMES (CO): CO1: Know the basics of semiconductor materials and operation of electronic devices
CO2: Use of junction diode and transistor for different applications.
CO3: Design amplifier circuits using transistor
CO4: Analyze the digital circuits using logic gates
CO5: Design the combinational & sequential circuits using logic gates and examine the
characteristics related to OP-AMP.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 R.L.Boylested and Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” , Pearson/ prentice Hall Publishers.
T2 Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, PHI Publishers, 4th Edition.
BOS APPROVED
R1 Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkies, “ Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill,
Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 1 1 -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1 3 1 -- -- --
CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- --
CO3 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- --
CO4 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- --
CO5 2 1 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- 1 2 1 -- -- --
Publishers, New Delhi.
R2 Electronic Devices and Circuits by G.S.N.Raju, I.K.International.
Prescribed Syllabus:
UNIT-I:
Semiconductor Physics: Energy band theory of crystals, types of materials, mobility,
conductivity, semiconductor definition, types of semiconductors, majority and minority
carriers in semiconductors, Fermi level in semiconductors, mass action law. Electronic
Devices: P-N junction diode, biasing conditions of P-N junction diode, V-I characteristics of
junction diode, Zener diode and its applications.
UNIT-II:
Applications of junction diode: Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers, Half wave, full wave
rectifier and bridge rectifier, rectifier circuits operation and parameters, comparison of
rectifier circuits, need of filter in rectifier, rectifier circuits with capacitor, inductor, L-section
and π section filters Introduction to three terminal devices: Introduction to Transistor,
transistor terminals, operation of Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), Field Effect Transistor
(FET) and Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET).
UNIT-III:
Transistor Biasing: Need for biasing, operating point, DC load line, AC load line, Stability,
types of biasing circuits -fixed bias, collector to base bias and voltage divider bias circuits
operation and design. Stability factors S, SI and SII for different basing circuits.
UNIT-IV:
Number System & Boolean Algebra: Number systems (binary, octal, decimal and
hexadecimal), compliments (1s and 2s compliments), Boolean algebra, K-map and its
minimization (up to four variables), Binary codes and code converters. Logic Gates: Basic
logic gates (AND, OR, NOT), universal logic gates (NAND, NOR), and special logic gates
(XOR, XNOR), implementation of digital circuits using logic gates.
UNIT-V:
Combinational & Sequential Circuits: Half adder, full adder, half Subtractor, full Subtractor,
decoder and encoder, Multiplexer and de-multiplexer, sequential circuits, difference between
combinational and sequential circuits, latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T), flip-flop
conversions Operational Amplifiers: Introduction to operational amplifier (OP-AMP), block
diagram of OP-AMP, 741 OP-AMP parameters, 741 Op-Amp applications-adder, subtractor,
741 OP-AMP as integrator and differentiator.
PART – B COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): UNIT-I : Semiconductor Physics & Electronic Devices
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Energy band theory of crystals
01 18 – 06 – 19
2. Types of materials 01 19 – 06 – 19
3. Mobility & conductivity
01 20 – 06 – 19
4. Semiconductor types, 01 20 – 06 – 19
5. Tutorial 01 25 – 06 – 19
6. Majority and minority
carriers in Semiconductors
26 – 06 – 19
7. Fermi level in semiconductors
01 27 – 06 – 19
8. Tutorial 01 27 – 06 – 19
9. Mass action law. 01 02 – 07 – 19
10. P-N junction diode biasing conditions
01 03 – 07 – 19
11. P-N junction diode V-I Characteristics
01 04 – 07 – 19
12. Tutorial 01 04 – 07 – 19
13. Zener diode operation 01 09 – 07 – 19
14. Zener diode applications
01 10 – 07 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I
14 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- II : Applications of junction diode & Introduction to three terminal devices
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers,
01 11 – 07 – 19
2. Half wave operation and parameters
01 11 – 07 – 19
3. Full wave rectifier
operation and
parameters
01 16 – 07 – 19
4. Bridge rectifier circuit operation and
01 17 – 07 – 19
5. Comparison of rectifier circuits
01 18 – 07 – 19
6. Tutorial 01 18 – 07 – 19
7. Need of filter in rectifier and
01 23 – 07 – 19
8. rectifier with capacitor as filters
01 24 – 07 – 19
9. Rectifier circuits with
Inductor as filters
01 25 – 07 – 19
10. Tutorial 01 25 – 07 – 19
11. Rectifier circuits with
L- section and π section filter
01 30 – 07 – 19
12. Introduction to
Transistor, transistor
terminals, operation of
Bipolar Junction
Transistor (BJT).
01 31 – 07 – 19
13. Operation of Field Effect Transistor
(FET)
01 01 – 08 – 19
14. Operation of Metal
Oxide Semiconductor
Field Effect Transistor
(MOSFET)
01 01 – 08 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II
14 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- III : Transistor Biasing
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Need for biasing,
operating point, DC
load line and AC load
line,
01 13 – 08 – 19
2. Stability definition
and Stability factors S,
SI and SII
01 14 – 08 – 19
3. Types of biasing circuits
01 20 – 08 – 19
4. Tutorial 01 21 – 08 – 19
5. Fixed bias operation and design.
01 22 – 08 – 19
6. Tutorial 01 22 – 08 – 19
7. Collector to base bias circuits operation and
design.
01 27 – 08 – 19
8. Voltage divider bias
circuits operation and
design.
01 28 – 08 – 19
9. Stability factors S, SI
and SII for different basing circuits.
01 29 – 08 – 19
10. Tutorial 01 29 – 08 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III
10 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- IV: Number System & Boolean Algebra & Logic Gates
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1.
Number systems
(binary, octal, decimal and hexadecimal),
01
03 – 09 – 19
2. compliments (1s and 2s compliments),
01 04 – 09 – 19
3. Boolean algebra, 01 05 – 09 – 19
4. Tutorial 01 05 – 09 – 19
5.
K-map and its
minimization
(up to four variables),
01
11 – 09 – 19
6. Binary codes and code converters.
01 12 – 09 – 19
7.
Basic logic gates
(AND, OR, NOT),
universal logic gates
(NAND, NOR), and
special logic gates
(XOR, XNOR),
01
12 – 09 – 19
8.
Implementation of
digital circuits using
logic gates.
01
17 – 09 – 19
9. Tutorial 01 18 – 09 – 19
No. of classes required to
complete UNIT-IV 09
No. of classes taken:
UNIT- V: Combinational & Sequential Circuits & Operational Amplifiers
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Half adder, full adder, 01 19 – 09 – 19
2. Half Subtractor, full
Subtractor, 01 19 – 0 9 – 19
3. Decoder and Encoder, 01 24 – 0 9 – 19
4. Multiplexer and de- multiplexer,
01 25 – 09 – 19
5.
Sequential circuits,
difference between
combinational and
sequential circuits,
01
26 – 09 – 19
6. Tutorial 01 26 – 09 – 19
7. Latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T)
01 – 10 – 19
8. Flip-Flop conversions 01 03 – 10 – 19
9. Tutorial 01 03 – 10 – 19
10.
Introduction to OP- AMP and its
parameters
01
09 – 10 – 19
11.
741 Op-Amp
applications- adder,
subtractor,
01
10 – 10 – 19
12.
741 OP-AMP as integrator and
differentiator.
01
10 – 10 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V
12
No. of classes taken:
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W
I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W
II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W
II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W
Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W
Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W
*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019
PART – C
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment – 1 1 A1=5
Assignment – 2 2 A2=5
Quiz – 1 1,2 B1=10
I-Mid Examination 1,2 C1=20
Assignment – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment – 4 4 A4=5
Assignment – 5 5 A5=5
Quiz – 2 3,4,5 B2=10
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 C2=20
Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Quiz Marks: B= (B1+B2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 B=10
Evaluation of Mid Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=20
Attendance: D D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 A+B+C+D=40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 E=60
Total Marks: A+B+C+D=E 1,2,3,4,5 100
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):
PEO 1: To Attain a solid foundation in Electronics & Communication Engineering fundamentals with an attitude to pursue continuing education.
PEO 2: To Function professionally in the rapidly changing world with advances in technology.
PEO 3: To Contribute to the needs of the society in solving technical problems using Electronics & Communication Engineering principles, tools and practices.
PEO 4: To Exercise leadership qualities, at levels appropriate to their experience, which addresses issues in a responsive, ethical, and innovative manner.
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):
PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO 3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the
information to provide valid conclusions.
PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities
with an understanding of the limitations
PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the
professional engineering practice
PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for
sustainable development.
PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive
clear instructions.
PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and
leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
PSO 1: Communication: Design and develop modern communication technologies for building the inter disciplinary skills to meet current and future needs of industry.
PSO 2: VLSI and Embedded Systems: Design and Analyze Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits or systems and Implement real time applications in the field of VLSI and Embedded Systems using
relevant tools
PSO 3: Signal Processing: Apply the Signal processing techniques to synthesize and realize the issues related to real time applications
LAKKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., MECH (A) ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : MECHANICS OF SOLIDS-17ME04 L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3-1-0 COURSE CREDITS 3 COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr.P.V.CHANDRA SEKHARA RAO COURSE COORDINATOR : K.V.VISWANADH PRE-REQUISITE : ENGINEERING MECHANICS
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
The objective of the course is to analyze the stresses & deformations in mechanical members due to various loads. COURSE OUTCOMES (CO):
After completion of the course students will be able to CO1: Compute the stresses & deformations of a member due to axial loading under uniform and non uniform conditions. CO2: Analyze the variation of SF & BM in determinate beams. CO3: Analyze the structural members subjected to flexural and torsional loads. CO4: Analyze the biaxial stresses developed at a point of stressed member and identify shear stresses across the cross section of a beam. CO5: Evaluate deflections for statically determinate beams and analyze the thin and thick pressure vessels.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):
Cos PO 1
PO 2
PO 3
PO 4
PO 5
PO 6
PO 7
PO 8
PO 9
PO 10
PO 11
PO 12
PSO 1
PSO 2
PSO 3
CO1 3 2 1 1 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 1 3
CO5 3 2 1 1 1 3
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS: T1 Popov, E.P., “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, PHI, 2ndEdition, 2009 T2 Sadhu Singh, “Strength of Materials”, Khanna Publishers, 10thEdition,
reprint 2013. BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS: R1 S.Ramamrutham, “Strength of Materials”, 14thEdition, DhanpatRai&
Sons, 2011. R2 M.L.Gambhir, “Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics”, PHI Learning, 2009
R3 M.Chakraborti, “Strength of Materials”, S.K.Kataria& Sons R4 R.Subramanian, “Strength of Materials”, 2ndEdition, Oxford University
Press, 2010. R5 R.K.Bansal, “Strength of Materials”, 15thEdition, Laxmi Publishers,
2013. R6 James M.Gere, Barry J.Goodno, “Mechanics of Materials”, 7thEdition,
CEngage Learning, 2009.
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A
UNIT-I : SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS
UNIT-II : SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
19.
Introduction to Shear force and bending moment; Relation between
Shear Force, Bending Moment & rate of Loading
01
20-07-19 TLM1
CO2
T1,R1,R6
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1.
Introduction to Mechanics of Materials - Course Educational
Objective (CEO) & Course Outcomes (CO’s)
01
19-06-19
TLM1
CO1
T1,R6
2. Concept of Stress & Strain
01 20-06-19
TLM1 CO1 T2,R6
3. Mechanical properties of Materials
01 21-06-19
TLM1 CO1 T2
4. Stress Strain diagrams for Mild Steel -Hooke’s Law
01 22-06-19
TLM1 CO1 T1
5. Evaluation of Proof stress by Offset method
01 26-06-19
TLM1 CO1 T1
6.
Stresses, Strains & Deformations
of a body due to axial force Factor of Safety
01
27-06-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1
T2,R1,R6
7. Principle of superposition
01 28-06-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO1 T2,R1
8. Bars of uniformly varying sections
01 29-06-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO1 T2,R1
9. Deformation of Stepped bar due
to axial loads 01
03-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1 T2,R1
10. Tutorial-I
01 04-07-19
TLM3 CO1 -
11. Stresses in composite bars &
Problems 01
05-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1 T2,R1
12. Temperature stresses & problems 01 06-07-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO1 T2,R1
13. Strain energy due to steady load,
sudden load & impact load 01
10-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1 T2,R1
14.
Lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio &
change in volume; Shear stress & shear strain
01
11-07-19 TLM1
CO1
T2,R1
15. Relation between Young’s
Modulus and shear Modulus 01
12-07-19 TLM1 CO1 T2,R1
16. Relation between Elastic modulii
& Problems 01
17-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1 T2,R1
17. Tutorial-II 01 18-07-19
TLM3 CO1 -
18. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-I) 01 19-07-19
TLM6 CO1 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I 18 No. of classes taken:
20.
Shear force & Bending moment Diagrams for cantilever beam
subjected to Concentrated loads & UDL.
01
24-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO2
T2,R6
21. Shear force & Bending moment
Diagrams for Simply supported 01
25-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO2 T2,R6
beam subjected to Concentrated loads & UDL.
22.
Estimation of Maximum bending
moment for simply supported beam
01
26-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO2
T1,T2,R1
23. Tutorial-III
01 27-07-19
TLM3 CO2 -
24.
Shear force & Bending moment
Diagrams for Overhanging beam
subjected to Concentrated loads &
UDL
01
31-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO2
T2,R6
25.
Estimation of Maximum bending
moment & point of contra flexure
for Overhanging beams
01
01-08-19
TLM1/ TLM4
CO2
T2,R1
26. Tutorial-IV 01 02-08-19
TLM3 CO2 -
27. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-II)
01 03-08-19
TLM6 CO2 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II 09 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-III : STRESSES IN BEAMS & TORSION
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
28. Theory of Simple bending, assumptions
01 14-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T1,R1,R6
29. Derivation of flexure equation 01 16-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T1,R1,R6
30. Section modulus and problems 01 17-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T2,R1
31. Normal stresses due to flexure applications
01 21-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T1,R6
32. Tutorial-V
01 22-08-19
TLM3 CO3 -
33. Theory of torsion, Assumptions 01 23-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2,R1
34. Derivation of Torsion equation 01 28-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2,R1
35.
Polar modulus, Power transmitted by shaft,
Stresses in solid and hollow circular shafts
01
29-08-19
TLM1
CO3
T1,T2,R1
36. Tutorial-VI 01 30-08-19
TLM3 CO3 -
37. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-III)
01 31-08-19
TLM6 CO3 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III 10 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-IV : ANALYSIS OF COMBINED STRESSES & SHEAR STRESSES
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
38.
State of stress at a point, normal
and tangential stresses on inclined
planes
01
04-09-19 TLM2/ TLM4
CO4
T1,R6
39.
Problem on normal and tangential stresses on inclined planes
Principle stresses and their planes, maximum shear stress plane
01
05-09-19 TLM2/ TLM4
CO4
T1,R6
40. Mohr’s circle diagram Problems on Mohr’s circle
01 06-09-19 TLM2/
TLM4 CO4 T1,R6
41. Tutorial-VII
01 07-09-19
TLM3 CO4 -
42.
Concept of shear stress variation
over cross section due to flexural
loads Derivation of lateral shear stress
01
11-09-19
TLM1
CO4
T1,R1,R6
43. Shear stress distribution across
rectangular & circular sections 01
12-09-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO4 T2,R1,R6
44. Problems on distribution of Shear
stress 01
13-09-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO4 T1,T2,R1
45. Tutorial-VIII
01 18-09-19
TLM3 CO4 -
46. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-IV)
01 19-09-19
TLM6 CO4 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV 9 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-V : DEFELCTION OF BEAMS & THIN AND THICK SHELLS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
47.
Derivation of Differential equation
for elastic line (Deflection Equation)
01
20-09-19 TLM1
CO5
T1,R6
48. Deflection & Slope equations for
cantilever beam 01
21-09-19 TLM1 CO5 T1,R6
49. Deflection & Slope equations for
simply supported beam 01
25-09-19 TLM1 CO5 T1,R6
50. Macaulay’s method 01 26-09-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO5 T2,R1
51. Tutorial-IX
01 27-09-19
TLM3 CO5 -
52. Introduction to thin & thick shells 01 28-09-19
TLM1 CO5 T2,R1
53. Hoop stress and longitudinal
stresses for thin cylinders 01
03-10-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO5 T2,R1
54. Change in volume of thin cylinder 01 04-10-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO5 T2,R1
55.
Derivation of Lame’s equations of
Thick cylinders; Problems on thick cylinders
01
05-10-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO5
T2,R1
56. Tutorial-X 01 09-10-19
TLM3 CO5 -
57. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-V)
01 10-10-19
TLM6 CO5 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V 11 No. of classes taken:
Contents beyond the Syllabus
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
58. Theories of Failure 01 11-10-19
TLM2 - R6
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17/06/19 03/08/19 7
I Mid Examinations 05/08/19 10/08/19 1
II Phase of Instructions 12/08/19 12/10/19 9
II Mid Examinations 14/10/19 19/10/19 1
Preparation and Practicals 21/10/19 31/10/19 1.5
Semester End Examinations 01/11/19 16/11/19 2
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=5
Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=5
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Online Quiz Examination-1 1,2 C1=10
Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=5
Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=5
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Online Quiz Examination-2 3,4,5 C2=10
Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Evaluation of Online Quiz Examination: C 1,2,3,4,5 C=10
Evaluation of Attendance marks: D (As per the Academic Regulations) - D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : CIE=A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 CIE=40
Semester End Examinations: SEE 1,2,3,4,5 SEE=60
Total Marks: CIE+SEE 1,2,3,4,5 100
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES: PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering. PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become successful in multidisciplinary activities. PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)
Engineering Graduates will be able to:
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of
data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs): 1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal
systems. 2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards
improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.
3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.
Course
Instructor Course
Coordinator Module
Coordinator HOD
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
L.B.Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram – 521 230, Krishna Dt.,Andhra Pradesh,
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
COURSE HANDOUT-A/SEC
Part-A
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., Mechanical Engineering
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : Metallurgy and Material Science – 17ME05
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3 (L) – 1 (T) - 0 (P)
COURSE CREDITS 3
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr.Seelam Pichi Reddy, Professor;
COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. G.Naresh, Asst. Prof.
PRE-REQUISITES : Applied Mathematics, Engineering Physics, Engineering
Chemistry
COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs): The objective of this course are to
acquire knowledge on structure of metals and alloys, understand the concept of alloys and
equilibrium diagrams; demonstrate the concept of heat treatment process.
COURSE OUTCOMES (COs) At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : Estimate the properties of the metals and alloys based on structures.
CO2 : Classify, construct and analyze equilibrium diagrams.
CO3 : Analyze and distinguish various ferrous, non-ferrous metals and alloys.
CO4 : Identify the influence of mechanical working and heat treatment principles on materials.
CO5 : Classify, analyze and suggest the suitable manufacturing method for composite materials.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):
C
Os
P
O1
P
O2
P
O3
P
O4
P
O5
P
O6
P
O7
P
O8
P
O9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
C
O1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1
1
1 2
C
O2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1
1
1 2
C
O3 1 2 2 1 1 2 1
1
1 2
C
O4 1 2 2 1 1 2 1
1
1 2
C O5 1 2 2 1 1 2 1
1
1 2
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight (Low),
2 – Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 V.D.Kotgire, S.V Kotgire, Material Science and Metallurgy, Everest Publishing HOUSE 24th Edition,2008.
T2 Sidney H.Avener,Introduction to Physical METALLURGY,Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd
Edition,2011.
BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 Richard A.Flinn,Paul K.T rojan, Engineering Material sand Their Aapplication,Jaico Publishing House, 4th edition,1999.
R2 U.C.Jindal and Atish Mozumber,M aterial since and metallurgy, rearson education- 2012.
UNIT-I:
Part-B
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. INTRODUCTION : Introduction to Metallurgy and Materials Science
1 19-06-2019
TLM1 CO1 T1, T2
2. Classification of Engineering Materials, Mechanical Properties of Materials
1 21-06-2019
TLM1 CO1 T1, T2
3. Structure of Metals; Crystal Structures-Introduction 1 22-06-2019 TLM1, TLM2 CO1 T1, T2
4. Simple cubic and Face centered Cubic structures, Body Centered Cubic structure
1 26-06-2019
TLM1,TLM2 CO1 R1 to R4
5. Closed Pack Hexagonal and Crystallographic Planes 1 28-06-2019 TLM1,TLM5 CO1 T1, T2
6. Mechanism of Crystallization of Metals, Grain and
Grain Boundaries 1 29-06-2019
TLM1 CO1 T1, T2
7. Effect of Grain Boundaries on the Properties of Materials, Determination of Grain Size
1 03-07-2019
TLM1 CO1 T1, T2
8.
Constitution of Alloys: Necessity of alloying,
Interstitial and Substitutional Solid Solutions, Hume
Rotherys rules, Tutorial I, Quiz I
1
05-07-2019
TLM1, TLM2,
TLM3
CO1
R1 to R4
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-II: EQUILIBRIUM DIAGRAMS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Equilibrium of Diagrams-Introduction 1 06-07-2019 TLM1 CO2 T1, T2
2.
Cooling Curves for Pure Metals and
Alloys, Experimental Methods of
Construction of E.D
1
10-07-2019
TLM1
CO2
T1, T2
3.
Classification of E .D, Isomorphous E.D, Eutectic ED, Partial Eutetic Equilibrium
Diagrams.
1
12-07-2019
TLM1,TLM2
4. Tutorial II, Quiz II 1 17-07-2019 TLM3 CO2 T1, T2
5. Equilibrium Cooling and Heating of Alloys, Lever rule, Coring
1 19-07-2019 TLM1,
TLM5 CO2 R1 to R4
6. Transformations in the Solid State- Allotropy
20-07-2019
TLM1
7. Eutectic reaction, Eutectoid reactions, Tutorial III, Quiz III
1 24-07-2019 TLM1,
TLM3 CO2 T1, T2
8. Peritectoid Reactions, Cu-Ni Equilibrium Diagram, Bi-Cd Equilibrium Diagram
1 26-07-2019
TLM1 CO2 T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II: 8 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-III: FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS, STEELS AND CAST IRONS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Ferrous Metals and Alloys- Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium
Diagrams 1 27-07-2019
TLM1 CO3
T1, T2
2. Structural Changes in Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium Diagram 1 31-07-2019 TLM1,TLM2 CO3 T1, T2
3. Phase Calculations in Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium Diagram 1 02-08-2019 TLM1 CO3 T1, T2
4. Steels-Introduction, Classification of Steels 1 03-08-2019 TLM1 CO3 R1 to R4
5. Low Carbon Steel, Medium Carbon, High Carbon
Steel 1 14-08-2019
TLM1 CO3 T1, T2
6. Cast Irons-Introduction, Classification of Cast Irons 1 16-08-2019 TLM1,
TLM2 CO3 T1, T2
7. White Cast Iron, Malleable Cast Iron, Grey Cast Iron , Spheriodal Graphite C.I
1 17-08-2019 TLM1,
TLM2 CO3 R1 to R4
8. Tutorial IV, Quiz IV 1 21-08-2019 TLM3 CO3 T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-IV: MECHANICAL WORKING , HEAT TREATMENT OF ALLOYS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Mechanical Working- Hot Working, Cold Working
1 23-08-2019
TLM1 CO4 T1, T2
2. Strain Hardening, Recovery and Recrystallisation
1 24-08-2019
TLM1 CO4 R1 to R4
3. Heat treatment of Alloys- Annealing, Normalizing, Hardening
1 28-08-2019
TLM1 CO4 T1, T2
4. Construction of TTT diagrams for Eutectoid Steels
1 30-08-2019
TLM1,TLM2 CO4 T1, T2
5. Hardenability- Jominy End Quench Test, Surface
1 31-08-2019
TLM1 CO4 R1 to R4
6. Hardening Methods- Introduction 1 04-09-2019 TLM1 CO4 T1, T2
7. Induction, Flame Hardening, Carburising, Age
Hardening Treatment 1 06-09-2019
TLM1 CO4 T1, T2
8. Tutorial-V 1 07-09-2019 TLM3 CO4 R1 to R4
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-V: NON FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS, COMPOSITE MATERIALS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Non Ferrous Metals and Alloys-Introduction, Structure, Properties of Copper and it’s Alloys
1 11-09-2019
TLM1 CO5 T1, T2
2. Structure, Properties of Aluminum and it’s Alloys 1 13-09-2019 TLM1 CO5 T1, T2
3. Composite materials : Classification of Composites
1 18-09-2019
TLM1 CO5 T1, T2
4. Manufacturing of Composite Materials 1 20-09-2019 TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4
5. Hand lay up processes and Filament Winding Processes
1 21-09-2019
TLM1,TLM2 CO5 T1, T2
6.
SMC Processes, Continuous Pultrusion
Processes, Resin Transfer Moulding
1
25-09-2019
TLM1,TLM2
CO5
T1, T2
7. Metal Ceramic Mixtures-Introduction
1 27-09-2019
TLM1 CO5 T1, T2
8. Metal matrix composites 1 28-09-2019 TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4
9. C-C composites 1 04-10-2019 TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4
10. Tutorial-VI 1 05-10-2019 TLM3 CO5 R1 to R4
11.
II Mid Examinations
6 days
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 10 No. of classes taken:
CONTENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS:
S.N
o.
Topics
to be
covered
No. of
Classes
Require
d
Tentative
Date of
Completi
on
Actual
Date of
Completi
on
Teachi
ng
Learni
ng
Method
s
Learni
ng
Outco
me
COs
Text
Book
followe
d
HO
D
Sign
1.
Advanc
ed Topics
1 09-10-
2019
TLM1
CO1
T1, T2,
R1 to
R5
2.
Advanc ed
Topics
1 11-10-
2019
TLM1
CO2
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)
TLM2 PPT TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam Prabha/MOOCS)
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Group Discussion/Project
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
Commencement of Class Work: 18-12-2017
I Phase of Instructions 17-06-2019 03-08-2019 7
I Mid Examinations 05-08-2019 10-08-2019 1
II Phase of Instructions 12-08-2019 12-10-2019 9
II Mid Examinations 14-10-2019 19-10-2019 1
Preparation and Practical’s 21-10-2019 31-10-2019 1.5
Semester End Examinations 01-11-2019 16-11-2019 2
Part - C
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment–1 1 A1=5
Assignment–2 2 A2=5
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Online Quiz-Q1 1,2 Q1-10
Assignment – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment– 4 4 A4=5
Assignment – 5 5 A5=5
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Online Quiz-Q2 3,4,5 Q2-10
Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: Q=(Q1+Q2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 Q=10
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Attendance C= 5
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+Q+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 60
Total Marks: 40+60 1,2,3,4,5 100
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):
PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in
Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.
PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become
successful in multidisciplinary activities.
PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):
Engineering Graduates will be able to:
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems
and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and
synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering
activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities
relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need
for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and
write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and
receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and
leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
PSO1: To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal
systems.
PSO2: To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards
improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and
manufacturability of products.
PSO3: To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of
performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation
of energy and other process equipment.
Position Course
Instructor
Course
Coordinator
Module
Coordinator HOD
Name Dr.S.Pichi
Reddy Dr.S.Pichi Reddy J.Subba Reddy Dr.S.Pichi Reddy
Signature
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,
Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015 L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., ECE – A Section
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering Lab – 17EC73
STRUCTURE : 0-0-2
COURSE CREDITS : 2
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K.Sasi Bhushan
COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan
COURSE OBJECTIVE: This course provides practical exposure on linear, non linear wave shaping circuits and
switching behaviour of non linear devices. It also demonstrates the generation of non
sinusoidal signals, as well as realization of sampling circuits.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student will be able to:
CO1 Analyze basic electronic devices and circuits.
CO2 Examine different applications of OP-AMP and 555 timers.
CO3 Apply logic gates for different applications.
CO4 Design the basic circuits using Multisim simulation software.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX(Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 1 -- -- 1 -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --
CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CO3 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CO4 1 1 1 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
LAB SCHEDULE (LESSON PLAN): Section-A
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Minimum 12 Experiments to be conducted)
S.No.
Experiments to be conducted
No. of Classes
Required
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
HOD Sign
Weekly
CYCLE-1
1. Introduction Lab experiments
2 17 – 06 - 19
TLM8
2. V-I Characteristics of P-N junction diode
2 24 – 06 – 19
TLM8
3. V-I Characteristics of zener diode
2 01 – 07 – 19
TLM8
4. Half wave rectifier without filter
2 08 – 07 – 19
TLM8
5. Half wave rectifier with filter 2
15 – 07 – 19
TLM8
6. Full wave rectifier without filter
2 22 – 07 – 19
TLM8
7. Full wave rectifier with filter 2
29 – 07 – 19
TLM8
CYCLE-2
8. Transistor characteristics in common emitter mode
2 19 – 08 – 19
TLM8
9. Frequency response of common emitter amplifier
2 26 – 08 – 19
TLM8
10. 741 Op-amp as inverting amplifier
2 09 – 09 – 19
TLM8
11. 741 Op-amp as non- inverting amplifier
2 16 – 09 – 19
TLM8
12. 741 Op-amp applications – Adder and Subtractor
2 23 – 09 – 19
TLM8
13. 741 Op-amp as comparator 2
30 – 09 – 19
TLM8
14. Internal Exam 2
07 – 10 – 19
TLM8
No. of classes required to complete: 28 No. of classes conducted:
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W
I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W
II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W
II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W
Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W
Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W
*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Day to Day work 1,2,3,4 A1=20
Attendance (>95%=5, 90-95%=4,85-90%=3,80-85%=2,75-80%=1)
A2=5
Viva-Voce 1,2,3,4 A3=5
Internal Lab Examination 1,2,3,4 B=10
Total Internal Marks(A1+A2+A3+B) C=40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4 D=60
Total Marks: C+D 1,2,3,4 100
Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Dr. M.Venkata Sudhakar Dr. Y.Amar Babu
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(Autonomous)
Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi
Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Laboratory Code Lab/Practicals
: 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment
: 40
A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : A
Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor
Mr.G.Naresh, Assistant Professor
COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVE:
The main objective of the course is to determine the various mechanical properties of various materials under different loading conditions and study the micro structure of alloys.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of the course students are able to:
CO1: Prepare the specimens as per standards
CO2: Observe microstructure of different materials.
CO3: Analyze the properties of materials based on microstructure.
CO4: Perform hardness test and heat treatment of steels.
Course Articulation Matrix:
17ME6 3
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CO1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2
CO2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2
CO3 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2
CO4 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(Autonomous)
Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi
Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Laboratory Code Lab/Practicals
: 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment
: 40
A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : A
Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor
Mr.G.Naresh, Assistant Professor
At least 10 experiments are to be conducted:
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Preparation and study of micro structure of copper.(MET 1)
2. Preparation and study of micro structure of aluminium.( (MET 2)
3. Preparation and study of the structure of low carbon steels(MET3)
4. Preparation and study of the structure of medium carbon steels (MET 4)
5. Preparation and study of the structure of high carbon steels (MET 5)
6. Preparation and study structure of the microstructure of brass (MET 6) 7. Preparation and study of the structure of gray cast iron, malleable cast iron and nodular
cast iron (MET 7)
8. Hardenability of steels by jominy end quench test (MET 8)
9. Hardness of various treated and untreated steels.(MET 9)
10. Fabrication of FRP composite by Hand lay-up method. (MET10)
11. Fabrication of FRP composite by Vacuum bag moulding. (MET11)
12. Study of Age hardening of Al-Cu alloy.(MET12)
13. Study of microstructure of heat treated steels. (MET 13)
14. Study of age hardening of al-cu alloy (MET14 )
15. Study of Fe-Fe3 equilibrium diagram. (MET 15) REFERENCES Lab Manual
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(Autonomous)
Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi
Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Laboratory Code Lab/Practicals
: 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment
: 40
A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : A
Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor
Mr.G.Naresh, Assistant Professor
Batches (Section – A)
Total No. of students :
Batch B1 :
Batch B2 :
Sub Batches of B1:
18761A0301-308,310-347,349-355,19765A0301-312
18761A0301-308,310-334
18761A0335-347,349-355,19765A0301-312
= 65
= 33
= 32
Sub Batches of B2:
S. No Batch Registered Nos Total
1 B21 18761A0335-340 06
2 B22 18761A0341-346 06
3 B23 18761A0347,349-352 05
4 B24 18761A0353-
355,19765A0301,302 05
5 B25 19765A0303-307 05
6 B26 19765A0308-312 05
Total 32
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator
S. No Batch Registered Nos Total
1 B11 18761A0301-306 06
2 B12 18761A0307,308,310-313 06
3 B13 18761A0314-319 06
4 B14 18761A0320-324 05
5 B15 18761A0325-329 05
6 B16 18761A0330-334 05
Total 33
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(Autonomous)
Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi
Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Laboratory Code Lab/Practicals
: 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment
: 40
A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : A
Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor
Mr.G.Naresh, Assistant Professor
Notification of Cycles (Section – A)
Batches Laboratory Cycle Experiment No.s
B1 & B2 MATELLAURGY & MATERIAL
SCIENCE LAB
I MET 1 to MET 6
II MET 7 to MET 12
Total No. of students : 18761A0301-308,310-347,349-355,19765A0301-312 = 65
Batch B1 : 18761A0301-308,310-334 = 33
Batch B2 : 18761A0335-347,349-355,19765A0301-312 = 32
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous)
Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi, Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi
& certified by ISO 9001:2015
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Schedule of METALURGY & MATERIAL SCIENCE LAB (Section – C)
Laboratory Code : 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB
Lab/Practicals : 2 hrs/ Week
A.Y. : 2019-20 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III
Semester Section : A
Instructors : Mr. R.PRAVEEN KUMAR, Assistant Professor and
Mr. G.NARESH, Assistant Professor
S
.
N o
Date
Batches
B11
B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 Date B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26
1 18-06- 2019
Demonstration of MMS Lab
21-06- 2019
Demonstration of MMS Lab
2 25-06- 2019
MET
– 1
MET
– 2
MET
– 3
MET
– 4
MET
– 5
MET
– 6 28-06- 2019
MET
–1
MET
– 2
MET
– 3
MET
– 4
MET
– 5
MET
– 6
3 02-07- 2019
MET
– 2
MET
– 3
MET
– 4
MET
– 5
MET
– 6 MET
– 7
05-07- 2019
MET
– 2
MET
– 3
MET
– 4
MET
– 5
MET
– 6 MET
– 7
4 09-07- 2019
MET
– 3
MET
– 4 MET
– 5
MET
– 6 MET
– 7
MET
– 8
12-07- 2019
MET
– 3
MET
– 4 MET
– 5
MET
– 6 MET
– 7
MET
– 8
5 16-07- 2019
MET
– 4
MET
– 5 MET
– 6
MET
– 7
MET
– 8
MET
– 9
19-07- 2019
MET
– 4
MET
– 5 MET
– 6
MET
– 7
MET
– 8
MET
– 9
6 23-07- 2019
MET
– 5 MET
– 6
MET–
7
MET–
8
MET
– 9
MET
–10
26-07- 2019
MET
– 5 MET
– 6
MET
– 7
MET
– 8
MET
– 9
MET
–10
7 30-07- 2019
MET
– 6
MET
– 7
MET–
8
MET
– 9
MET
- 10
MET
– 1
02-08- 2019
MET
– 6
MET
– 7
MET
– 8
MET
– 9
MET-
10
MET
– 1
05-08-2019
to 10-08-2019
I Mid Examinations
8 13-08- 2019
MET
– 7
MET
– 8
MET
–9
MET
– 10 MET
– 1
MET-
2
16-08- 2019
MET
– 7
MET
– 8
MET
–9
MET
– 10 MET
– 1
MET-
2
9 20-08- 2019
MET
– 8
MET
–9
MET
– 10 MET
– 1
MET
–2
MET
– 3
23-08- 2019
MET
– 8
MET
–9
MET
– 10 MET
– 1
MET
–2
MET
– 3
1
0
27-08-
2019
MET
– 9
MET
– 10 MET
– 1
MET
–2
MET
– 3
MET
– 4
30-08-
2019 MET
– 9
MET
– 10 MET
– 1
MET
–2
MET
– 3
MET
– 4
1 1
03-09- 2019
MET
– 10
MET
– 1 MET–
2
MET–
3 MET
– 4
MET
– 5 06-09- 2019
MET
– 10
MET
– 1 MET–
2
MET–
3 MET
– 4
MET
– 5
1 2
17-09- 2019
Repetition 13-09- 2019
Repetition
1
3 24-09- 2019
Viva Voce exam / Add on Experiments for all batches
20-09- 2019
Viva Voce exam / Add on Experiments for all batches
1
4 01-10- 2019
Internal Examination 27-09- 2019
Internal Examination
14-10-2019
to 19-10-2019
II Mid Examinations
Batches:
S.
N
o
Batc
h
Registered
Nos
Tota
l
S. No
Ba
tch
Registe
red
Nos
To
tal
S.
No
Batch
Registe
red Nos
To
tal
S.
No
Batc
h
Registered
Nos
Total
1
B11
18761A03
01-306
06
4
B1
4
18761
A0320
-324
05
7
B21
18761
A0335
-340
06
10
B24
18761A03
53-
355,19765
A0301,302
05
2
B12
18761A03
07,308,31 0-313
06
5
B1
5
18761
A0325 -329
05
8
B22
18761
A0341 -346
06
11
B25
19765A03
03-307
05
3
B13
18761A03
14-319
06
6
B1
6
18761
A0330
-334
05
9
B23
18761
A0347,
349-
352
05
12
B26
19765A03
08-312
05
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HoD
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,
NAAC Accredited with ‘B++’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015) L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Accredited by NBA Tier – I)
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Sem., ME
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Materials Testing Lab, 17ME64 (R-17)
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 0-0-2
COURSE CREDITS : 1
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : B.SUDHEER KUMAR/M.BHAVANI
COURSE COORDINATOR : K.V.V.Viswanadh
PRE-REQUISITE: Engineering Mechanics
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
The Objective of this course is to make the students observe the response of the materials under different loads and measure various mechanical properties. COURSE OUTCOMES (CO)
CO 1 Observe the behavior of materials by conducting tension, compression & shear
tests.
CO 2 Evaluate the impact strength of materials.
CO 3 Determine the hardness of given material.
CO 4 Determine the Elastic constants of given materials by using flexure and torsion
tests.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):
COs PO 1
PO 2
PO 3
PO 4
PO 5
PO 6
PO 7
PO 8
PO 9
PO 10
PO 11
PO 12
PSO 1
PSO 2
PSO 3
CO1 1 3 2 1 3
CO2 1 3 2 1 3
CO3 1 3 2 1 3
CO4 1 3 2 1 3
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’
1- Slight (Low), 2 - Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., B Sec
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Environmental Science- 17FE03
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3-0-0
COURSE CREDITS 3
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr. Shaheda Niloufer
COURSE COORDINATOR : Dr. Shaheda Niloufer
PRE-REQUISITE:
COURSE OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this course is to provide a general background on
developing an understanding of systems and cycles on the earth and how individual
organisms live together in complex communities and how human activities influence our air,
water and soil. It also helps in developing an understanding about our use of fossil fuels and
effect on climate and sustainable management of natural resources.
COURSE OUT COMES (CO): After the completion of the course, students
should be able to:
CO1: Identify environmental problems arising due to engineering and technological activities that help to be the part of sustainable solutions.
CO2: Evaluate local, regional and global environmental issues related to resources and their
sustainable management.
CO3: Realize the importance of ecosystem and biodiversity for maintaining ecological
balance.
CO4: Acknowledge and prevent the problems related to pollution of air, water and soil.
CO5: Identify the significance of implementing environmental laws and abatement devices
for environmental management.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs& POs,
PSOs):
Course
Outcomes
PO’s
ENVIRONMENAL STUDIES
Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1. 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO2. 3 3 3 3 3
CO3. 3 3 2 2
CO4. 3 2 3 2 3
CO5. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 Anubha Kaushik, C.P.Kaushik, “Perspectives in Environmental Studies”, New age
international publishers, 5th Edition, Delhi, 2016.
T2 Mahua Basu, S. Xavier, “Fundamentals of Environmental Studies”, Cambridge
University Press, 1st Edition, Delhi, 2016.
BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 S. Deswal, A. Deswal, “A Basic course in Environmental Studies”, Educational &
Technical Publishers, 2nd Edition, Delhi, 2014.
R2 R. Rajagopalan, “Environmental Studies (From Crisis to Cure)”, Oxford University
Press, 2nd Edition, New Delhi, 2012.
R3 De, A.K, “Environmental Chemistry”, New Age International (P) Limited, 5th Edition, New Delhi, 2003.
R4 Dr.K.V.S.G. Murali Krishna, “Environmental Studies”, VGS Techno Series, 1st
Edition, Vijayawada, 2010. R5 G. Tyler Miller, Scott Spoolman, “Introduction to Environmental Studies”, Cengage
Learning, 13th Edition, New Delhi, 2009.
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A
UNIT-I: NATURE AND SCOPE OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1.
Introduction, components
of Environment
1
18-06-2019
1,2
CO1
T1
2.
Scope and importance
of environmental
studies
1 20-06-2019
1,2
CO1
T1
3.
Population explosion and
variations among
Nations.
1 22-06-2019
1,2
CO1
T1
4. Resettlement and
Rehabilitation - Issues and possible solutions
1
25-06-2019
1,2,9
CO1
T1
5. Environment and human health
1 27-06-2019
1,2 CO1 T1
6. HIV-AIDS, 1 29-06-2019 1,2 CO1 T1
7. Environmental ethics 1 02-07-2019 1,2 CO1 T1
8.
Role of Information Technology in
environmental
management and human health
1
04-07-2019
1,2
CO1
T1
9. Assignment in UNIT I 1 06-07-2019 6 CO1 T1
10. Tutorial -1 1 09-07-2019 3
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I
10
No. of classes taken:
UNIT-II: NATURAL RESOURCES AND CONSERVATION
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
11. Introduction and classification
of Natural resources 1 11-07-2019
1,2
CO2 T1
12. Forest Resources 1 16-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
13. Water Resources 1 18-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
14. Water Resources 1 20-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
15. Tutorial-2 & Assignment in
Unit II 1 23-07-2019
3&6
CO2 T1
16. Mineral Resources 1 25-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
17. Food Resources 1 27-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
18. Food Resources 1 30-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
19. Energy Resources 1 01-08-2019
20. Energy Resources 1 03-08-2019 1,2 CO2 T1
21. I MID Examinations 06-08-2019
22. I MID Examinations 08-08-2019
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II
10
No. of classes taken:
UNIT-III: ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
23. Definition, structure and
functions of an ecosystem Food chains and Food webs
1
13-08-2019
1,2 CO3 T1,T2
24. Ecological succession,
Ecological pyramids 1 17-08-2019
1,2 CO3 T1, T2
25.
Biogeochemical cycles, Major
Types of Ecosystems – Forest, Grassland, Desert Land &
aquatic Ecosystem, Ecological Niche and Keystone Species
1
20-08-2019
1,2
CO3 T1, T2
26. Tutorial-3 & Assignment
Unit III 1 22-08-2019
3&6 CO3 T1, T2
27.
Biogeographical classification
of India. India as a mega
diversity nation
1
27-08-2019
1,2
CO3 T1, T2
28.
Values of biodiversity- Direct
and Indirect values. Threats to biodiversity; Man and wild
life conflicts. Endangered and endemic species of India
1
29-08-2019
1,2,9
CO3 T1, T2
29. Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation methods
1
31-08-2019 1,2 CO3 T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III
07
No. of classes taken:
UNIT-IV: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
30.
Introduction to
Environmental Pollution
Causes, effects and control measures of: Air Pollution
1
03-09-2019
31. Causes, effects and control
measures of: Water Pollution
1
05-09-2019
1,2,9
CO4
T1, T2
32. Causes, effects and control measures of: Soil Pollution
1 07-09-2019
1,2,9 CO4 T1, T2
33. Tutorial-4 & Assignment
in Unit IV 1 12-09-2019
3&6 CO4 T1, T2
34.
Causes, effects and control
measures of: Noise
Pollution. Causes, effects
and control measures of:
Nuclear Pollution
1
17-09-2019
1,2,9
CO4
T1, T2
35. Solid Waste Management 1 19-09-2019 1,2,9 CO4 T1, T2
36.
Environmental Issues relating to Climate change,
global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion
1
21-09-2019
1,2,9
CO4
T1, T2
37.
Disaster Management- Floods, Cyclones,
Earthquakes, Landslides and
Tsunamis.
1
24-09-2019
1,2,9
CO4
T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV
08
No. of classes taken:
UNIT-V: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
38. Sustainable development and unsustainability
1 26-09-2019
1,2
39. Stockholm and Rio Summit 1 28-09-2019 1,2
40. Tutorial-5 & Assignment
in UNIT- V
1
01-10-2019
1,2
T2
41. Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA), Green building
1
03-10-2019
1,2
T2
42. Consumerism and Waste
products. Carbon credits and carbon trading.
1
05-10-2019
1,2
T2
43.
Environmental Law- Air,
Water Acts. Wild life,
Forest, and Environmental protection act
1
10-10-2019
1,2
T2
44. II MID EXAMINATION 15-10-2019
45. II MID EXAMINATION 17-10-2019
46 II MID EXAMINATION 19-10-2019
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V
06
No. of classes taken:
Contents beyond the Syllabus
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
47 Case studies of Environmental Pollution
1
1,2
48 Limitations for Environmental Legislation in India
1
1,2
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17-06-2019 03-08-2019 7
I Mid Examinations 05-08-2019 10-08-2019 1
II Phase of Instructions 12-08-2019 12-10-2019 9
II Mid Examinations 14-10-2019 19-10-2019 1
Preparation and Practical 21-10-2019 31-10-2019 1½
Semester End Examinations 01-11-2019 16-11-2019 2
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=5
Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=5
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=5
Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=5
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B 1,2,3,4,5 A+B=25
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 C=75
Total Marks: A+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 100
Dr. Shaheda Niloufer Dr. Shaheda Niloufer
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD
COURSE HANDOUT
Part-A
PROGRAM : II B. Tech.MECH-B, III-Sem.,
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-2020
COURSE NAME & CODE : NUMERICAL METHODS AND FOURIER ANALYSIS
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 4-1-0
COURSE CREDITS 4
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : K.BHANU LAKSHMI
COURSE COORDINATOR : Y.P.C.S. Anil Kumar
PRE-REQUISITES : None
COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs): The main objective of this course is to enable
the students learn numerical techniques for solving the equations, interpolation, differential equations and fitting of various curves. They will also learn about the Fourier analysis of single valued
functions.
COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)
After completion of the course, the student will be able to CO1: Compare the rate of accuracy between various methods and approximating the root of the
equation and distinguish among the criteria of section and procedures of various numerical integration
rules.
CO2: Estimate the best fit polynomial for the given tabulated data using the methods of Newton’s
interpolation formulae and Lagrange’s interpolation.
CO3: Apply various numerical methods in solving the initial value problem involving the ordinary
differential equations.
CO4: Estimate the unknown dependent variable using curve fitting methods.
CO5: Generate the single valued functions in the form of Fourier series and obtained the Fourier
Transforms.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos &POs, PSOs):
COs
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
CO1 3 2 2 1
CO2 3 2 2 1
CO3 3 2 2 1 CO4 3 2 2 1 CO5 3 2 1
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’
1- Slight (Low), 2 – Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 S.S. Sastry, “Introductory methods of numerical analysis”, 5th Edition, PHI, New Delhi, 2005
T2 Dr. B. V. Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 1stEdition, TMH, New Delhi, 2010.
BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 Dr. B.S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 42ndEdition, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 2012.
R2 Steven. C. Chopra, Ra. P. Canale, “Numerical methods for engineers with programming and
software application”, 4th edition, TMH, New Delhi, 2002.
R3 M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar, M. K. Jain, “Numerical methods for scientific and engineering
computation”, 5th Edition, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2007
Part-B
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN):
UNIT-I: Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations and Numerical
Integration
S. No.
Topics to be covered No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Introduction to the course
1 17/6/19
TLM1
2. Course outcomes 1 18/6/19 TLM1
3. Algebraic and
Transcendental Equation
1
19/6/19
TLM1
CO1
T1,T2
4. False Position method
1 20/6/19
TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
5. TUTORIAL-1 1 22/6/19 TLM3 CO1 T1,T2
6. False Position method
1 24/6/19
TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
7. Newton- Raphson
Method in one variable
1
25/6/19
TLM1
CO1
T1,T2
8. Newton- Raphson
Method in one variable
26/6/19
TLM1
CO1
T1,T2
9. Numerical
integration & Trapezoidal rule
1 27/6/19
TLM1
CO1
T1,T2
10. TUTORIAL-2 29/6/19
TLM3 CO1 T1,T2
11. Simpson’s 1/3 Rule 1 1/7/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
12. Simpson’s 1/3 Rule 1 2/7/19
TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
13. Simpson’s 3/8 Rule. 1 3/7/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
14. Simpson’s 3/8 Rule. 1 4/7/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
15. Assignment 1 6/7/19 TLM6 CO1 T1,T2
16. Quiz-1 1 8/7/19 TLM6 CO1 T1,T2
No. of classes required to
complete UNIT-I 16 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-II: Interpolation and Finite Differences
S. No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign Weekly
17. Introduction – Finite 1 9/7/19
TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
differences
18. Forward Differences-
Backward differences –Central
1 10/7/19
TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
differences
19. Forward Differences-
Backward differences –Central
1 11/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
differences
20. Symbolic relations
and separation
1 15/7/19
TLM1
CO2
T1,T2 of symbols
21. Symbolic relations
and separation
1 16/7/19
TLM1
CO2
T1,T2 of symbols
22. Newton’s formulae 17/7/19
TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
for interpolation
23. Newton’s formulae
for interpolation
1
18/7/19 TLM1
CO2
T1,T2
24. TUTORIAL-3 1 20/7/19
TLM3 CO2 T1,T2
25. Newton’s formulae
for interpolation
1 22/7/19
TLM1
CO2
T1,T2
26. Newton’s formulae
for interpolation
1
23/7/19
TLM1
CO2
T1,T2
27. Lagrange’s 1 24/7/19
TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
Interpolation
28. Lagrange’s 1
25/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
Interpolation
29. TUTORIAL-4 1 27/7/19 TLM3 CO2 T1,T2
30. Problems 1 29/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
31. Assignment 1 30/7/19 TLM6 CO2 T1,T2
32. Quiz-2 1 31/7/19 TLM6 CO2 T1,T2
33. Revision 1 1/8/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
34. Swayam Prabha 1 3/8/19 TLM5 CO1,CO2 T1,T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II
18 No. of classes taken:
I MID EXAMINATIONS (5-8-19 TO 10-8-19)
UNIT-III: Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations
S. No.
Topics to be covered No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
35. Introduction to Unit- III
1 13/8/19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
36. Solution by Taylor’s
series 1
14/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
37. Solution by Taylor’s series
1 17/8/19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
38. Picard’s Method 1 19/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
39. Euler’s Method 1 20/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
40. TUTORIAL-5 1 21/8/19 TLM3 CO3 T1,T2
41. Modified Euler’s Method
1 22/8/19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
42. Runge- Kutta Method
1 26/8/19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
43. Runge- Kutta Method
1 27/8/19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
44. TUTORIAL-6 1 28/8/19 TLM3 CO3 T1,T2
45. Assignment 1 29/8/19 TLM6 CO3 T1,T2
46. Quiz-3 1 31/8/19 TLM6 CO3 T1,T2
No. of classes required to
complete UNIT-III 12 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-IV: Curve Fitting
S. No.
Topics to be covered No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
47. Introduction to UNIT IV
1 3/9/19
TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
48. Fitting of a Straight line
1 4/9/19
TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
49. Fitting of a second degree polynomial
1 5/9/19 TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
50. TUTORIAL-7 1 7/9/19
TLM3 CO4 T1,T2
51. Fitting of a second degree polynomial
1 9/9/19
TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
52. Fitting of exponential curves
1 11/9/19
TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
53. Fitting of a power curve
1 12/9/19
TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
54. TUTORIAL-8 1 16/9/19 TLM3 CO4 T1,T2
55. Assignment 1 17/9/19 TLM6 CO4 T1,T2
56. Quiz-4 1 18/9/19 TLM6 CO4 T1,T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV
10 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-V: Fourier series and Fourier Transforms
S. No.
Topics to be covered No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
57. Determination of Fourier coefficients
1 19/9/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
58. Even and Odd Functions
1 21/9/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
59. Fourier Cosine and Sine Series
1 23/9/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
60. Fourier Cosine and Sine Series
1 24/9/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
61. TUTORIAL-9 1
25/9/19 TLM3
CO5 T1,T2
62. Fourier Series in an arbitrary interval
1 26/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
63. Half-range Sine and Cosine series
1 28/9/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
64. Half-range series in an arbitrary interval
1 30/9/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
65. Fourier Integral theorem, Fourier sine and cosine integrals
1 1/10/19
TLM1
CO5
T1,T2
66. Fourier Integral theorem, Fourier sine and cosine integrals
1
3/10/19
TLM1
CO5
T1,T2
67. Fourier Transform, Inverse Transform
1 5/10/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
68. Sine and cosine transforms, Properties
1
7/10/19
TLM1
CO5
T1,T2
69. TUTORIAL-10 1
9/10/19 TLM3
CO5 T1,T2
70. Assignment/Quiz-5 1
10/10/19
TLM6 CO5 T1,T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V
14 No. of classes taken:
Contents beyond the Syllabus S. No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign Weekly
71. Finite Fourier Transforms(Swayam Prabha)
1
12/10/19
TLM5
CO5
T1,T2
No. of classes 1 No. of classes taken:
II MID EXAMINATIONS (14-10-19 TO 19-10-19)
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam Prabha/MOOCS)
TLM2 PPT TLM6 Assignment or Quiz
TLM3 Tutorial TLM7 Group Discussion/Project
TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)
Part - C
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task Units Marks
Assignment– 1 1 A1=5
Assignment– 2 2 A2=5
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Online Quiz-1 1,2 C1=10
Assignment– 3 3 A3=5
Assignment– 4 4 A4=5
Assignment– 5 5 A5=5
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Online Quiz-2 3,4,5 C2=10
Evaluation of Assignment: A=Avg (Best of Four(A1,A2,A3,A4,A5)) 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=10
Attendance Marks based on Percentage of attendance D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 40
Semester End Examinations : E 1,2,3,4,5 60
Total Marks: A+B+C+D+E 1,2,3,4,5 100
K.BHANU LAKSHMI Y.P.C.S. Anil Kumar Dr.A.RAMI REDDY Dr.A.RAMI REDDY
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,
Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015 L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
PART - A
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III Sem., ME- B -SEC
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering – [17EC50]
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0
COURSE CREDITS 3
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan
COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan
PRE-REQUISITE : Engineering Physics, Basic Electrical Engineering,
Course Educational Objective: This course will provide introduction to semiconductor materials, operation of electronic devices like diodes, transistors and their applications. These courses further provides knowledge about logic gates, implementation of digital circuits using logic gates and understand the constraints of operational amplifier.
COURSE OUTCOMES (CO):
CO1: Know the basics of semiconductor materials and operation of electronic devices
CO2: Use of junction diode and transistor for different applications.
CO3: Design amplifier circuits using transistor
CO4: Analyze the digital circuits using logic gates
CO5: Design the combinational & sequential circuits using logic gates and examine the
characteristics related to OP-AMP.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 R.L.Boylested and Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” , Pearson/ prentice Hall
Publishers. T2 Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, PHI Publishers, 4th Edition.
BOS APPROVED
R1 Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkies, “ Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill,
Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 1 1 -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1 3 1 -- -- --
CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- --
CO3 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- --
CO4 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- --
CO5 2 1 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- 1 2 1 -- -- --
Publishers, New Delhi.
R2 Electronic Devices and Circuits by G.S.N.Raju, I.K.International.
Prescribed Syllabus:
UNIT-I:
Semiconductor Physics: Energy band theory of crystals, types of materials, mobility,
conductivity, semiconductor definition, types of semiconductors, majority and minority
carriers in semiconductors, Fermi level in semiconductors, mass action law. Electronic
Devices: P-N junction diode, biasing conditions of P-N junction diode, V-I characteristics of
junction diode, Zener diode and its applications.
UNIT-II:
Applications of junction diode: Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers, Half wave, full wave
rectifier and bridge rectifier, rectifier circuits operation and parameters, comparison of
rectifier circuits, need of filter in rectifier, rectifier circuits with capacitor, inductor, L-section
and π section filters Introduction to three terminal devices: Introduction to Transistor,
transistor terminals, operation of Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), Field Effect Transistor
(FET) and Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET).
UNIT-III:
Transistor Biasing: Need for biasing, operating point, DC load line, AC load line, Stability,
types of biasing circuits -fixed bias, collector to base bias and voltage divider bias circuits
operation and design. Stability factors S, SI and SII for different basing circuits.
UNIT-IV:
Number System & Boolean Algebra: Number systems (binary, octal, decimal and
hexadecimal), compliments (1s and 2s compliments), Boolean algebra, K-map and its
minimization (up to four variables), Binary codes and code converters. Logic Gates: Basic
logic gates (AND, OR, NOT), universal logic gates (NAND, NOR), and special logic gates
(XOR, XNOR), implementation of digital circuits using logic gates.
UNIT-V:
Combinational & Sequential Circuits: Half adder, full adder, half Subtractor, full Subtractor,
decoder and encoder, Multiplexer and de-multiplexer, sequential circuits, difference between
combinational and sequential circuits, latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T), flip-flop
conversions Operational Amplifiers: Introduction to operational amplifier (OP-AMP), block
diagram of OP-AMP, 741 OP-AMP parameters, 741 Op-Amp applications-adder, subtractor,
741 OP-AMP as integrator and differentiator.
PART – B COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): UNIT-I : Semiconductor Physics & Electronic Devices
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Energy band theory of crystals
01 17 – 06 – 19
2. Types of materials 01 19 – 06 – 19
3. Mobility & conductivity
01 21 – 06 – 19
4. Tutorial 01 22 – 06 – 19
5. Semiconductor types, 01 24 – 06 – 19
6. Majority and minority
carriers in
Semiconductors
26 – 06 – 19
7. Fermi level in semiconductors
01 28 – 06 – 19
8. Tutorial 01 29 – 06 – 19
9. Mass action law. 01 01 – 07 – 19
10. P-N junction diode biasing conditions
01 03 – 07 – 19
11. P-N junction diode V-I Characteristics
01 05 – 07 – 19
12. Tutorial 01 06 – 07 – 19
13. Zener diode operation 01 08 – 07 – 19
14. Zener diode
applications
01 10 – 07 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I
14 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- II : Applications of junction diode & Introduction to three terminal devices
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers,
01 12 – 07 – 19
2. Half wave operation and parameters
01 13 – 07 – 19
3. Full wave rectifier
operation and
parameters
01 15 – 07 – 19
4. Bridge rectifier circuit operation and
01 17 – 07 – 19
5. Comparison of rectifier circuits
01 19 – 07 – 19
6. Tutorial 01 20 – 07 – 19
7. Need of filter in rectifier and
01 22 – 07 – 19
8. rectifier with capacitor as filters
01 24 – 07 – 19
9. Rectifier circuits with
Inductor as filters
01 26 – 07 – 19
10. Rectifier circuits with 01 27 – 07 – 19
L- section and π section filter
11. Tutorial 01 29 – 07 – 19
12. Introduction to
Transistor, transistor
terminals, operation of
Bipolar Junction
Transistor (BJT).
01 31 – 07 – 19
13. Operation of Field
Effect Transistor
(FET)
01 02 – 08 – 19
14. Operation of Metal
Oxide Semiconductor
Field Effect Transistor
(MOSFET)
01 03 – 08 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II
14 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- III : Transistor Biasing
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Need for biasing,
operating point, DC
load line and AC load line,
01 14 – 08 – 19
2. Stability definition
and Stability factors S,
SI and SII
01 16 – 08 – 19
3. Types of biasing circuits
01 17 – 08 – 19
4. Tutorial 01 19 – 08 – 19
5. Fixed bias operation and design.
01 21 – 08 – 19
6. Collector to base bias
circuits operation and design.
01 23 – 08 – 19
7. Tutorial 01 26 – 08 – 19
8. Voltage divider bias
circuits operation and
design.
01 28 – 08 – 19
9. Stability factors S, SI
and SII for different
basing circuits.
01 30 – 08 – 19
10. Tutorial 01 31 – 08 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III
10 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- IV: Number System & Boolean Algebra & Logic Gates
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1.
Number systems (binary, octal, decimal and hexadecimal),
01
04 – 09 – 19
2. compliments (1s and 2s compliments),
01 06 – 09 – 19
3. Tutorial 01 07 – 09 – 19
4. Boolean algebra, 01 09 – 09 – 19
5.
K-map and its
minimization (up to four variables),
01
11 – 09 – 19
6. Binary codes and code converters.
01 13 – 09 – 19
7.
Basic logic gates
(AND, OR, NOT),
universal logic gates
(NAND, NOR), and
special logic gates (XOR, XNOR),
01
14 – 09 – 19
8.
Implementation of
digital circuits using
logic gates.
01
16 – 09 – 19
9. Tutorial 01 18 – 09 – 19
No. of classes required to
complete UNIT-IV 09
No. of classes taken:
UNIT- V: Combinational & Sequential Circuits & Operational Amplifiers
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Half adder, full adder, 01 20 – 09 – 19
2. Half Subtractor, full Subtractor,
01 21 – 0 9 – 19
3. Decoder and Encoder, 01 23 – 0 9 – 19
4. Multiplexer and de- multiplexer,
01 25 – 09 – 19
5. Tutorial 01 27 – 09 – 19
6.
Sequential circuits, difference between
combinational and
sequential circuits,
01
28 – 09 – 19
7. Latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T)
01 30 – 09 – 19
8. Flip-Flop conversions 01 04 – 10 – 19
9. Tutorial 01 05 – 10 – 19
10.
Introduction to OP-
AMP and its parameters
01
07 – 10 – 19
11.
741 Op-Amp
applications- adder,
subtractor,
01
11 – 10 – 19
12.
741 OP-AMP as
integrator and
differentiator.
01
12 – 10 – 19
No. of classes required to
complete UNIT-V 12
No. of classes taken:
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W
I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W
II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W
II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W
Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W
Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W
*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019
PART – C
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment – 1 1 A1=5
Assignment – 2 2 A2=5
Quiz – 1 1,2 B1=10
I-Mid Examination 1,2 C1=20
Assignment – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment – 4 4 A4=5
Assignment – 5 5 A5=5
Quiz – 2 3,4,5 B2=10
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 C2=20
Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Quiz Marks: B= (B1+B2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 B=10
Evaluation of Mid Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=20
Attendance: D D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 A+B+C+D=40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 E=60
Total Marks: A+B+C+D=E 1,2,3,4,5 100
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):
PEO 1: To Attain a solid foundation in Electronics & Communication Engineering fundamentals with an
attitude to pursue continuing education.
PEO 2: To Function professionally in the rapidly changing world with advances in technology.
PEO 3: To Contribute to the needs of the society in solving technical problems using Electronics & Communication Engineering principles, tools and practices.
PEO 4: To Exercise leadership qualities, at levels appropriate to their experience, which addresses issues in a responsive, ethical, and innovative manner.
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):
PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,
natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO 3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities
with an understanding of the limitations
PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice
PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for
sustainable development.
PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and
leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
PSO 1: Communication: Design and develop modern communication technologies for building the inter disciplinary skills to meet current and future needs of industry.
PSO 2: VLSI and Embedded Systems: Design and Analyze Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits or
systems and Implement real time applications in the field of VLSI and Embedded Systems using
relevant tools
PSO 3: Signal Processing: Apply the Signal processing techniques to synthesize and realize the issues related to real time applications
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘B++’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh
COURSE HANDOUT Part-A
PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Semester, B-Section ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : Thermodynamics-17ME03 L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0 COURSE CREDITS 3 COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr. V.Dhana Raju COURSE COORDINATOR : Dr. P. Ravindra Kumar PRE-REQUISITES : Engineering Physics
COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs):
To provide insights on laws of thermodynamics and its applications, gas mixtures, pure
substances and thermodynamic cycles.
COURSE OUTCOMES (COS): At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Comprehend the concepts of heat, work, and forms of energy, laws of thermodynamics, mixtures of gases, pure substances and thermodynamics cycles. CO2: Describe various thermal systems using thermodynamic laws and principles CO3: Apply the laws of thermodynamics to solve problems on various thermodynamic systems. CO4: Analyse thermodynamic cycles, properties of pure substances and mixture of gases using thermodynamic concepts. CO5: Evaluate the performance parameters of the thermodynamic cycles, pure substances and gases mixtures.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs and POs and PSOs)
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs)- Thermodynamics- (17ME03)
POs PSOs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 0
11 12 PS O 1
PSO 2
PSO 3
CO
s
CO1 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - - 1 3 - 1
CO2 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - 3 1 3 - 2
CO3 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 1 3 - 1
CO4 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 1 2 - 1
CO5 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - - 1 3 - 1
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 P.K.Nag, “Engineering Thermodynamics”- McGraw-Hill. 5th Edition, 2013
T2 Y.A. Cengel, and M.A.Boles, “Thermodynamics : An Engineering Approach”, McGraw -
Hill, 7th Edition, 2011.
BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS: R1 G.J.Van Wylen & Sonntag, “Fundamentals of Thermodynamics”, John Wiley& sons,
publications Inc. 5th Edition, 1998.
R2 E.Rathakrishnan, “Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics”, PHI, 2nd Edition, 2010.
Part-B Course Delivery Plan (Lesson Plan): Section-B
S.NO TOPIC TO BE COVERED No. of
Classes Required
Tentative Date of Completion
Actual Date of Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM
HOD
Signature
Unit-1 BASIC CONCEPTS
1 Basic Concepts and Definitions 1 18-6-19
1
2 Macroscopic & Microscopic approaches 1 19-6-19 1
3 System-Types, Control Volume Properties of system
1 21-6-19 1
4 State, Path, Process, Cycle, path and 1 22-6-19 1,2 point functions.
5 Thermodynamic Equilibrium, Quasistatic process, applications of TD,
1 25-6-19 1,2
Internal Energy, Specific heat , Enthalpy
Tutorial-1 1 26-6-19 3
6 Zeroth law of Thermodynamics
Temperature scales – Temperature
measurement
1
28-6-19
1
7 Constant volume gas thermometer
Numerical Problems on Temperature
scales
2 29-6-19
02-7-19
1
8 Advantages of gas thermometers over 1 03-7-19
liquid thermometers 1,4
9 Numerical problems on Internal energy,
enthalpy, specific heat and latent heat,
2 05-07-19
06-07-19
1,2,3
Assignement-1
10 Tutorial-2 1 09-7-19 3
Number of classes required 13 Number of classes taken:
Unit-II
FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS
11 Introduction, Energy - Property of the 1 10-7-19 1
system
12 Thermodynamic Process and its 1 12-7-19 1,2
derivations
13 First Law Analysis of Closed and open 2 16-7-19 1,2
System undergoing different process 17-7-19
Different forms of stored energy and 2 19-7-19 1
14 forms of energy, heat, work , Mechanical forms of work
20-7-19
15 Applications of first law, PMM1 1 23-7-18 1
Numerical problems on work and energy
Tutorial-3 1 24-7-19 3
16 Thermodynamic analysis of control volume-conservation of mass,
1 26-7-19 1,2
conservation of energy principle
17 Flow work , Steady Flow Process 1 27-7-19 1,2
18 Steady Flow Energy Equation 1 30-7-19 1,2
19
Steady Flow Engineering Devices- Nozzles, Diffusers, Turbine, Compressors, Throttling Valves, Heat
2 31-7-19
02-8-19
1,2,6 Exchangers and Limitations
20 Numerical problems on steady flow 1 03-8-19 1,2,3
energy equation, Assignement-2
21 Tutorial-4 1 03-8-19 3
Number of classes required 15 Number of classes taken:
Unit-III
22 Thermal energy reservoirs, heat engines, Refrigerator, heat pumps
1 13-8-19
1
23 Kelvin-Planks, Clausius statement of second law of thermodynamics
1 14-8-19
1
24 Numerical Problems on Second law of TD
1 16-8-19
1,2,3
25 Equivalence of Kelvin -Planck and Clausius statements
1 17-8-19
1,2
26
Perpetual Motion Machine-II Differences between reversible and irreversible process, Carnot cycle
1
20-8-19
1,2
27
Carnot Theorem –Numerical problem 1 21-8-19
1, 2, 3
28 Entropy: Introduction, Clausius inequality, t-s property diagrams
1 24-8-19
1,2
29 Entropy change for ideal gases - Derivations
1 27-8-19
1,2
30 Isentropic relations for ideal gases,
Principle of increase of entropy 1 28-8-19
1
31 Applications of Entropy- Third law of Thermodynamics
1 30-8-19
1,2
32 Numerical Problems, Assignement-3 1
31-8-19 1, 3
33 Tutorial-5 1 03-9-19 3
Number of classes required 12 Number of classes taken:
Unit-IV
34
Non-reactive mixtures Introduction,
composition of gas mixture ,Mass ,
Volume and mole fractions and
problems
1
04-9-19
1
35
Daltons law of additive pressures
Amagat's law of additive volumes, Ideal
gas mixture and problems
1
06-9-19
1,2
36 Non-reactive mixtures and its problems 1 07-9-19
1
37
Pure substance: Introduction, phase of pure substance, dryness fraction Phase change processes, property diagrams, P- V-T surface, property tables
1
11-9-19
1,2,5
38 Numerical Problems 1 13-9-19
1,5
39 h-s diagrams (Mollier chart) for pure substance, Assignement-4
1 17-9-19
1,2,3,5
40 Tutorial-6 1 18-9-19 3
Number of classes required 07 Number of classes taken:
Unit-V
41
Vapour power cycles: Analysis of Carnot vapour cycle- Numerical Problem
1
20-9-19
1,2,5
42 Simple Rankine cycle and Problem 1 21-9-19 1,2,5
43
Gas power cycles-
Introduction, Analysis of power cycles-
Carnot cycle-Otto cycle –Numerical
problems
1
24-9-19
1,2,5
44 Diesel cycle, Dual cycle - Numerical
Problems 1 25-9-19
1,5
45 Brayton Cycles and its problems 1 27-9-19
1,2
46 Atkinson cycle derivation and numerical
problem 1 28-9-19
1,2
47 Tutorial-7 1 04-10-19
3
48
Refrigeration cycles: Reversed Carnot cycle, Bell-Coleman cycle
1
05-10-19
1,2,6
49 Problems on Bell-Coleman cycles
1 09-10-19 1,2
50 Simple vapour compression cycle and problems, Assignement-5
1 11-10-19
1,2,3
Number of classes required 10 Number of classes taken:
Total Number of classes required for the
subject
57
Contents beyond the syllabus
51 Advanced Thermometers, temperature
indicators
1 11-10-19 1,2
52 Combined and Cogeneration cycles 1 11-10-19 1,2
Delivery Methods (DM):
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)
TLM2 PPT TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam Prabha/MOOCS)
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Group Discussion/Project
Part - C EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment–1 1 A1=5
Assignment–2 2 A2=5
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Online Quiz-Q1 1,2 Q1-10
Assignment – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment– 4 4 A4=5
Assignment – 5 5 A5=5
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Online Quiz-Q2 3,4,5 Q2-10
Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: Q=(Q1+Q2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 Q=10
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Attendance C= 5
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+Q+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 60
Total Marks: 40+60 1,2,3,4,5 100
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in
Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.
PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become
successful in multidisciplinary activities.
PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems
and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and
synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering
activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities
relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and
need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities
and norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with
the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend
and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give
and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a
member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological
change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)
1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal
systems.
2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards
improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and
manufacturability of products.
3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of
performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation
of energy and other process equipment.
Course
Instructor Course Coordinator
Module Coordinator
HOD
Signature
Name of the Faculty
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., MECH (B) ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : MECHANICS OF SOLIDS-17ME04 L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3-1-0 COURSE CREDITS 3 COURSE INSTRUCTOR : K.V.VISWANADH COURSE COORDINATOR : K.V.VISWANADH PRE-REQUISITE : ENGINEERING MECHANICS
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
The objective of the course is to analyze the stresses & deformations in mechanical members due to various loads. COURSE OUTCOMES (CO):
After completion of the course students will be able to CO1: Compute the stresses & deformations of a member due to axial loading under uniform and non uniform conditions. CO2: Analyze the variation of SF & BM in determinate beams. CO3: Analyze the structural members subjected to flexural and torsional loads. CO4: Analyze the biaxial stresses developed at a point of stressed member and identify shear stresses across the cross section of a beam. CO5: Evaluate deflections for statically determinate beams and analyze the thin and thick pressure vessels.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):
COs PO 1
PO 2
PO 3
PO 4
PO 5
PO 6
PO 7
PO 8
PO 9
PO 10
PO 11
PO 12
PSO 1
PSO 2
PSO 3
CO1 3 2 1 1 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 1 3
CO5 3 2 1 1 1 3
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS: T1 Popov, E.P., “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, PHI, 2ndEdition, 2009 T2 Sadhu Singh, “Strength of Materials”, Khanna Publishers, 10thEdition,
reprint 2013. BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS: R1 S.Ramamrutham, “Strength of Materials”, 14thEdition, DhanpatRai&
Sons, 2011. R2 M.L.Gambhir, “Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics”, PHI Learning, 2009 R3 M.Chakraborti, “Strength of Materials”, S.K.Kataria& Sons R4 R.Subramanian, “Strength of Materials”, 2ndEdition, Oxford University
Press, 2010. R5 R.K.Bansal, “Strength of Materials”, 15thEdition, Laxmi Publishers,
2013. R6 James M.Gere, Barry J.Goodno, “Mechanics of Materials”, 7thEdition,
CEngage Learning, 2009.
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-B
UNIT-I : SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS
UNIT-II : SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
19.
Introduction to Shear force and bending moment; Relation between Shear Force, Bending Moment & rate of Loading
01
20-07-19 TLM1
CO2
T1,R1,R6
20.
Shear force & Bending moment Diagrams for cantilever beam subjected to Concentrated loads & UDL.
01
23-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO2
T2,R6
21. Shear force & Bending moment
Diagrams for Simply supported 01
24-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO2 T2,R6
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1.
Introduction to Mechanics of Solids - Course Educational
Objective (CEO) & Course Outcomes (CO’s)
01
18-06-19
TLM1
CO1
T1,R6
2. Concept of Stress & Strain
01 19-06-19
TLM1 CO1 T2,R6
3. Mechanical properties of
Materials 01
20-06-19 TLM1 CO1 T2
4. Stress Strain diagrams for Mild
Steel -Hooke’s Law 01
22-06-19 TLM1 CO1 T1
5. Evaluation of Proof stress by
Offset method 01
25-06-19 TLM1 CO1 T1
6.
Stresses, Strains & Deformations of a body due to axial force Factor of Safety
01
26-06-19
TLM1/ TLM4
CO1
T2,R1,R6
7. Principle of superposition
01 27-06-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO1 T2,R1
8. Bars of uniformly varying sections
01 29-06-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO1 T2,R1
9. Deformation of Stepped bar due
to axial loads 01
02-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1 T2,R1
10. Tutorial-I
01 03-07-19
TLM3 CO1 -
11. Stresses in composite bars &
Problems 01
04-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1 T2,R1
12. Temperature stresses & problems 01 06-07-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO1 T2,R1
13. Strain energy due to steady load,
sudden load & impact load 01
09-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1 T2,R1
14.
Lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio &
change in volume; Shear stress & shear strain
01
10-07-19
TLM1
CO1
T2,R1
15. Relation between Young’s
Modulus and shear Modulus 01
11-07-19 TLM1 CO1 T2,R1
16. Relation between Elastic modulii
& Problems 01
16-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1 T2,R1
17. Tutorial-II 01 17-07-19
TLM3 CO1 -
18. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-I) 01 18-07-19
TLM6 CO1 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I 18 No. of classes taken:
beam subjected to Concentrated loads & UDL.
22.
Estimation of Maximum bending
moment for simply supported beam
01
25-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO2
T1,T2,R1
23. Tutorial-III
01 27-07-19
TLM3 CO2 -
24.
Shear force & Bending moment
Diagrams for Overhanging beam
subjected to Concentrated loads &
UDL
01
30-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO2
T2,R6
25.
Estimation of Maximum bending
moment & point of contra flexure
for Overhanging beams
01
31-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO2
T2,R1
26. Tutorial-IV 01 01-08-19
TLM3 CO2 -
27. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-II)
01 03-08-19
TLM6 CO2 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II 09 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-III : STRESSES IN BEAMS & TORSION
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
28. Theory of Simple bending,
assumptions 01
13-08-19 TLM1 CO3 T1,R1,R6
29. Derivation of flexure equation 01 14-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T1,R1,R6
30. Section modulus and problems 01 15-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T2,R1
31. Normal stresses due to flexure applications
01 17-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T1,R6
32. Tutorial-V
01 20-08-19
TLM3 CO3 -
33. Theory of torsion, Assumptions 01 21-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2,R1
34. Derivation of Torsion equation 01 22-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2,R1
35.
Polar modulus, Power transmitted by shaft,
Stresses in solid and hollow circular shafts
01
24-08-19 TLM1
CO3
T1,T2,R1
36. Tutorial-VI 01 27-08-19
TLM3 CO3 -
37. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-III)
01 28-08-19
TLM6 CO3 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III 10 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-IV : ANALYSIS OF COMBINED STRESSES & SHEAR STRESSES
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
38.
State of stress at a point, normal and tangential stresses on inclined planes
01
29-08-19 TLM2/ TLM4
CO4
T1,R6
39.
Problem on normal and tangential
stresses on inclined planes
Principle stresses and their planes, maximum shear stress plane
01
31-08-19 TLM2/ TLM4
CO4
T1,R6
40. Mohr’s circle diagram
Problems on Mohr’s circle 01
03-09-19 TLM2/ TLM4
CO4 T1,R6
41. Tutorial-VII
01 04-09-19
TLM3 CO4 -
42.
Concept of shear stress variation
over cross section due to flexural
loads Derivation of lateral shear stress
01
05-09-19 TLM1
CO4
T1,R1,R6
43. Shear stress distribution across rectangular & circular sections
01 07-09-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO4 T2,R1,R6
44. Problems on distribution of Shear
stress 01
11-09-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO4 T1,T2,R1
45. Tutorial-VIII
01 12-09-19
TLM3 CO4 -
46. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-IV)
01 17-09-19
TLM6 CO4 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV 10 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-V : DEFELCTION OF BEAMS & THIN AND THICK SHELLS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
47.
Derivation of Differential equation
for elastic line (Deflection Equation)
01
18-09-19 TLM1
CO5
T1,R6
48. Deflection & Slope equations for cantilever beam
01 19-09-19
TLM1 CO5 T1,R6
49. Deflection & Slope equations for simply supported beam
01 21-09-19
TLM1 CO5 T1,R6
50. Macaulay’s method 01 24-09-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO5 T2,R1
51. Tutorial-IX
01 25-09-19
TLM3 CO5 -
52. Introduction to thin & thick shells 01 26-09-19
TLM1 CO5 T2,R1
53. Hoop stress and longitudinal
stresses for thin cylinders 01
28-09-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO5 T2,R1
54. Change in volume of thin cylinder 01 01-10-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO5 T2,R1
55.
Derivation of Lame’s equations of
Thick cylinders; Problems on thick cylinders
01
03-10-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO5
T2,R1
56. Tutorial-X 01 05-10-19
TLM3 CO5 -
57. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-V)
01 09-10-19
TLM6 CO5 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V 11 No. of classes taken:
Contents beyond the Syllabus
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
58. Theories of Failure 01 10-10-19
TLM2 - R6
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17/06/2019 03/08/2019 7
I Mid Examinations 05/08/2019 10/08/2019 1
II Phase of Instructions 12/08/2019 12/10/2019 9
II Mid Examinations 14/10/2019 19/10/2019 1
Preparation and Practicals 21/10/2019 31/10/2019 1.5
Semester End Examinations 01/11/2019 16/11/2019 2
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=5
Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=5
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Online Quiz Examination-1 1,2 C1=10
Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=5
Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=5
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Online Quiz Examination-2 3,4,5 C2=10
Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Evaluation of Online Quiz Examination: C 1,2,3,4,5 C=10
Evaluation of Attendance marks: D (As per the Academic Regulations) - D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : CIE=A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 CIE=40
Semester End Examinations: SEE 1,2,3,4,5 SEE=60
Total Marks: CIE+SEE 1,2,3,4,5 100
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES: PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering. PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become successful in multidisciplinary activities. PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)
Engineering Graduates will be able to:
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs): 1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal
systems. 2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards
improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.
3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.
Course
Instructor Course
Coordinator Module
Coordinator HOD
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
L.B.Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram – 521 230, Krishna Dt.,Andhra Pradesh,
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
COURSE HANDOUT-B/SEC
Part-A
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., Mechanical Engineering
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : Metallurgy and Material Science – 17ME05
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3 (L) – 1 (T) - 0 (P)
COURSE CREDITS 3
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr.Seelam Pichi Reddy, Professor;
COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. G.Naresh, Asst. Prof.
PRE-REQUISITES : Applied Mathematics, Engineering Physics, Engineering
Chemistry
COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs): The objective of this course are to
acquire knowledge on structure of metals and alloys, understand the concept of alloys and
equilibrium diagrams; demonstrate the concept of heat treatment process.
COURSE OUTCOMES (COs) At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 : Estimate the properties of the metals and alloys based on structures.
CO2 : Classify, construct and analyze equilibrium diagrams.
CO3 : Analyze and distinguish various ferrous, non-ferrous metals and alloys.
CO4 : Identify the influence of mechanical working and heat treatment principles on materials.
CO5 : Classify, analyze and suggest the suitable manufacturing method for composite
materials.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):
C
Os
P
O1
P
O2
P
O3
P
O4
P
O5
P
O6
P
O7
P
O8
P
O9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
C
O1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1
1
1 2
C
O2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1
1
1 2
C
O3 1 2 2 1 1 2 1
1
1 2
C O4 1 2 2 1 1 2 1
1
1 2
C O5 1 2 2 1 1 2 1
1
1 2
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight (Low),
2 – Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 V.D.Kotgire, S.V Kotgire, Material Science and Metallurgy, Everest Publishing HOUSE 24th Edition,2008.
T2 Sidney H.Avener,Introduction to Physical METALLURGY,Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd
Edition,2011.
BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 Richard A.Flinn,Paul K.T rojan, Engineering Material sand Their Aapplication,Jaico Publishing House, 4th edition,1999.
R2 U.C.Jindal and Atish Mozumber,M aterial since and metallurgy, rearson education-
2012.
UNIT-I:
Part-B
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign Weekly
1. INTRODUCTION : Introduction to Metallurgy and Materials Science
1 17-06-2019
TLM1 CO1 T1, T2
2. Classification of Engineering Materials, Mechanical Properties of Materials
1 18-06-2019
TLM1 CO1 T1, T2
3. Structure Introduction
of Metals; Crystal Structures- 1 22-06-2019
TLM1, TLM2 CO1 T1, T2
4. Simple cubic and Face centered Cubic structures, Body Centered Cubic structure
1 24-06-2019
TLM1,TLM5 CO1 R1 to R4
5. Closed Pack Hexagonal and Crystallographic Planes 1 25-06-2019 TLM1 CO1 T1, T2
6. Mechanism of Crystallization of Metals, Grain and Grain Boundaries
1 29-06-2019
TLM1 CO1 T1, T2
7. Effect of Grain Boundaries on the Properties of Materials, Determination of Grain Size
1 01-07-2019
TLM1 CO1 T1, T2
8.
Constitution of Alloys: Necessity of alloying,
Interstitial and Substitutional Solid Solutions, Hume Rotherys rules, Tutorial I
1
02-07-2019
TLM1, TLM2,
TLM3
CO1
R1 to R4
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-II: EQUILIBRIUM DIAGRAMS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Equilibrium of Diagrams-Introduction 1 06-07-2019 TLM1 CO2 T1, T2
2.
Cooling Curves for Pure Metals and
Alloys, Experimental Methods of
Construction of E.D
1
08-07-2019
TLM1
CO2
T1, T2
3.
Classification of E .D, Isomorphous E.D,
Eutectic ED, Partial Eutetic Equilibrium
Diagrams.
1
09-07-2019
TLM1,TLM2
4. Tutorial II 1 15-07-2019 TLM3 CO2 T1, T2
5. Equilibrium Cooling and Heating of Alloys, Lever rule, Coring
1 16-07-2019 TLM1,
TLM5 CO2 R1 to R4
6. Transformations in the Solid State- Allotropy
1 20-07-2019
TLM1
7. Eutectic reaction, Eutectoid reactions,
Tutorial III 1 22-07-2019
TLM1,
TLM3 CO2 T1, T2
8. Peritectoid Reactions, Cu-Ni Equilibrium Diagram, Bi-Cd Equilibrium Diagram
1 23-07-2019
TLM1 CO2 T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II: 8 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-III: FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS, STEELS AND CAST IRONS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Ferrous Metals and Alloys- Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium
Diagrams 1 27-07-2019
TLM1 CO3
T1, T2
2. Structural Changes in Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium Diagram 1 29-07-2019 TLM1 CO3 T1, T2
3. Phase Calculations in Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium Diagram 1 30-07-2019 TLM1 CO3 T1, T2
4. Steels-Introduction, Classification of Steels 1 03-08-2019 TLM1 CO3 R1 to R4
5. Low Carbon Steel, Medium Carbon, High Carbon Steel
1 13-08-2019
TLM1 CO3 T1, T2
6. Cast Irons-Introduction, Classification of Cast Irons 1 17-08-2019 TLM1,
TLM2 CO3 T1, T2
7. White Cast Iron, Malleable Cast Iron, Grey Cast Iron , Spheriodal Graphite C.I
1 19-08-2019 TLM1,
TLM2 CO3 R1 to R4
8. Tutorial IV 1 20-08-2019 TLM3 CO3 T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-IV: MECHANICAL WORKING , HEAT TREATMENT OF ALLOYS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Mechanical Working- Hot Working, Cold Working
1 24-08-2019
TLM1 CO4 T1, T2
2. Strain Hardening, Recovery and Recrystallisation
1 26-08-2019
TLM1 CO4 R1 to R4
3. Heat treatment of Alloys- Annealing,
Normalizing, Hardening 1 27-08-2019
TLM1 CO4 T1, T2
4. Construction of TTT diagrams for Eutectoid Steels
1 31-08-2019
TLM1,TLM2 CO4 T1, T2
5. Hardenability- Jominy End Quench Test, Surface -
1 03-09-2019
TLM1 CO4 R1 to R4
6. Hardening Methods- Introduction 1 07-09-2019 TLM1 CO4 T1, T2
7. Induction, Flame Hardening, Carburising, Age Hardening Treatment
1 09-09-2019
TLM1 CO4 T1, T2
8. Tutorial-V 1 16-09-2019 TLM3 CO4 R1 to R4
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-V: NON FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS, COMPOSITE MATERIALS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Non Ferrous Metals and Alloys-Introduction, Structure, Properties of Copper and it’s Alloys
1 17-09-2019
TLM1 CO5 T1, T2
2. Structure, Properties of Aluminum and it’s Alloys
1 21-09-2019
TLM1 CO5 T1, T2
3. Composite materials : Classification of
Composites 1 23-09-2019
TLM3 CO5 T1, T2
4. Manufacturing of Composite Materials 1 24-09-2019 TLM1,
TLM2 CO5 R1 to R4
5. Hand lay up processes and Filament Winding Processes
1 28-09-2019
TLM1 CO5 T1, T2
6.
SMC Processes, Continuous Pultrusion
Processes, Resin Transfer Moulding
1
30-09-2019
TLM1,TLM2
CO5
T1, T2
7. Metal Ceramic Mixtures-Introduction
1 01-10-2019
TLM1 CO5 T1, T2
8. Metal matrix composites, C-C composites 1 05-10-2019 TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4
9. Tutorial-V 1 07-10-2019 TLM3 CO5 R1 to R4
10.
II Mid Examinations
6 days
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 09 No. of classes taken:
CONTENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS:
S.N
o.
Topics
to be
covered
No. of
Classes
Require
d
Tentative
Date of
Completi
on
Actual
Date of
Completi
on
Teachi
ng
Learni
ng
Method
s
Learni
ng
Outco
me
COs
Text
Book
followe
d
HO
D
Sign
1.
Advanc ed Topics
1
TLM1
CO1
T1, T2, R1 to
R5
2.
Advanc
ed
Topics
1
TLM1
CO2
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)
TLM2 PPT TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam
Prabha/MOOCS)
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Group Discussion/Project
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
Commencement of Class Work: 18-12-2017
I Phase of Instructions 17-06-2019 03-08-2019 7
I Mid Examinations 05-08-2019 10-08-2019 1
II Phase of Instructions 12-08-2019 12-10-2019 9
II Mid Examinations 14-10-2019 19-10-2019 1
Preparation and Practical’s 21-10-2019 31-10-2019 1.5
Semester End Examinations 01-11-2019 16-11-2019 2
Part - C
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment–1 1 A1=5
Assignment–2 2 A2=5
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Online Quiz-Q1 1,2 Q1-10
Assignment – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment– 4 4 A4=5
Assignment – 5 5 A5=5
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Online Quiz-Q2 3,4,5 Q2-10
Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: Q=(Q1+Q2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 Q=10
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Attendance C= 5
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+Q+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 60
Total Marks: 40+60 1,2,3,4,5 100
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):
PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in
Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.
PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become
successful in multidisciplinary activities.
PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):
Engineering Graduates will be able to:
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems
and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and
synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering
activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities
relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need
for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and
write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and
receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and
leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
PSO1: To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal
systems.
PSO2: To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards
improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and
manufacturability of products.
PSO3: To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of
performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation
of energy and other process equipment.
Position Course
Instructor
Course
Coordinator
Module
Coordinator HOD
Name Dr.S.Pichi
Reddy Dr.S.Pichi Reddy J.Subba Reddy Dr.S.Pichi Reddy
Signature
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,
Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015 L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., ECE – B Section
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering Lab – 17EC73
STRUCTURE : 0-0-2
COURSE CREDITS : 2
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K.Sasi Bhushan
COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan
COURSE OBJECTIVE: This course provides practical exposure on linear, non linear wave shaping circuits and
switching behaviour of non linear devices. It also demonstrates the generation of non
sinusoidal signals, as well as realization of sampling circuits.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student will be able to:
CO1 Analyze basic electronic devices and circuits.
CO2 Examine different applications of OP-AMP and 555 timers.
CO3 Apply logic gates for different applications.
CO4 Design the basic circuits using Multisim simulation software.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX(Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 1 -- -- 1 -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --
CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CO3 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CO4 1 1 1 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
LAB SCHEDULE (LESSON PLAN): Section-B
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Minimum 12 Experiments to be conducted)
S.No.
Experiments to be conducted
No. of Classes
Required
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
HOD Sign
Weekly
CYCLE-1
1. Introduction Lab experiments
2 21 – 06 - 19
TLM8
2. V-I Characteristics of P-N junction diode
2 28 – 06 – 19
TLM8
3. V-I Characteristics of zener diode
2 05 – 07 – 19
TLM8
4. Half wave rectifier without filter
2 12 – 07 – 19
TLM8
5. Half wave rectifier with filter 2
19 – 07 – 19
TLM8
6. Full wave rectifier without filter
2 26 – 07 – 19
TLM8
7. Full wave rectifier with filter 2
02 – 08 – 19
TLM8
CYCLE-2
8. Transistor characteristics in common emitter mode
2 16 – 08 – 19
TLM8
9. Frequency response of common emitter amplifier
2 23 – 08 – 19
TLM8
10. 741 Op-amp as inverting amplifier
2 30 – 08 – 19
TLM8
11. 741 Op-amp as non- inverting amplifier
2 06 – 09 – 19
TLM8
12. 741 Op-amp applications – Adder and Subtractor
2 13 – 09 – 19
TLM8
13. 741 Op-amp as comparator 2
20 – 09 – 19
TLM8
14. Beyond the Syllabus 2
27 – 10 – 19
TLM8
15. Revision
04 – 10 – 19
16. Internal Exam 2
11 – 10 – 19
TLM8
No. of classes required to complete: 32 No. of classes conducted:
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1
Chalk and Talk TLM4
Problem Solving
TLM7
Seminars or GD
TLM2
PPT TLM5
Programming TLM8
Lab Demo
TLM3
Tutorial TLM6
Assignment or Quiz
TLM9
Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Descripti
on
From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019
03 – 08 – 2019 7W
I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 –
2019
10 – 08 – 2019 1W
II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 –
2019
12 – 10 – 2019 9W
II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 –
2019
19 – 10 – 2019 1W
Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 –
2019
31 – 10 – 20019 1½W
Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 –
2019
16 – 11 – 2019 2W
*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Day to Day work 1,2,3,4 A1=20 Attendance (>95%=5, 90-95%=4,85-90%=3,80-85%=2,75-80%=1)
A2=5
Viva-Voce 1,2,3,4 A3=5
Internal Lab Examination 1,2,3,4 B=10
Total Internal Marks(A1+A2+A3+B) C=40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4 D=60
Total Marks: C+D 1,2,3,4 100
Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Dr. M.Venkata Sudhakar Dr. Y.Amar Babu
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(Autonomous) Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi
Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015 DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Laboratory Code : 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB Lab/Practicals : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment : 40 A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : B
Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor Mr.A.Dhanunjaya Kumar, Assistant Professor COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVE:
The main objective of the course is to determine the various mechanical properties of various
materials under different loading conditions and study the micro structure of alloys.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of the course students are able to:
CO1: Prepare the specimens as per standards
CO2: Observe microstructure of different materials.
CO3: Analyze the properties of materials based on microstructure.
CO4: Perform hardness test and heat treatment of steels.
Course Articulation Matrix:
17ME6
3
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CO1 1 2 1 1 2
1 1 2
CO2 1 2 1 1 2
1 1 2
CO3 1 2 1 1 2
1 1 2
CO4 1 2 1 1 2
1 1 2
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(Autonomous) Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi
Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015 DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Laboratory Code : 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB Lab/Practicals : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment : 40 A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : B
Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor Mr.A.Dhanunjaya Kumar, Assistant Professor
At least 10 experiments are to be conducted:
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Preparation and study of micro structure of copper.(MET 1)
2. Preparation and study of micro structure of aluminium.( (MET 2)
3. Preparation and study of the structure of low carbon steels(MET3)
4. Preparation and study of the structure of medium carbon steels (MET 4)
5. Preparation and study of the structure of high carbon steels (MET 5)
6. Preparation and study structure of the microstructure of brass (MET 6) 7. Preparation and study of the structure of gray cast iron, malleable cast iron and nodular
cast iron (MET 7)
8. Hardenability of steels by jominy end quench test (MET 8)
9. Hardness of various treated and untreated steels.(MET 9)
10. Fabrication of FRP composite by Hand lay-up method. (MET10)
11. Fabrication of FRP composite by Vacuum bag moulding. (MET11)
12. Study of Age hardening of Al-Cu alloy.(MET12)
13. Study of microstructure of heat treated steels. (MET 13)
14. Study of age hardening of al-cu alloy (MET14 )
15. Study of Fe-Fe3 equilibrium diagram. (MET 15)
REFERENCES
Lab Manual
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(Autonomous) Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi
Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015 DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Laboratory Code : 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB Lab/Practicals : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment : 40 A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : B
Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor Mr.A.Dhanunjaya Kumar, Assistant Professor
Batches (Section – B)
Total No. of students : 18761A0356-358,360-394,396-3B0 = 65
Batch B1 : 18761A0356-358,360-389 = 33
Batch B2 : 18761A0390-394,396-3B0, 19765A0313-324 = 32
Sub Batches of B1:
S. No Batch Registered Nos Total
1 B11 18761A0356-358,360-632 06
2 B12 18761A0363-368 06
3 B13 18761A0369-374 06
4 B14 18761A0375-380 06
5 B15 18761A0381-386 06
6 B16 18761A0387-391 05
Total 35
Sub Batches of B2:
S. No Batch Registered Nos Total
1 B21 18761A0392-394,396-398 06
2 B22 18761A0399-3A4 06
3 B23 18761A03A5-3B0 06
4 B24 19765A0313-317 05
5 B25 19765A0318--322 05
6 B26 19765A0323-326 05
Total 33
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(Autonomous) Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi
Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015 DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Laboratory Code : 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB Lab/Practicals : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment : 40 A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : B
Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor Mr.A.Dhanunjaya Kumar, Assistant Professor
Notification of Cycles (Section – B)
Batches Laboratory Cycle Experiment No.s
B1 & B2 MATELLAURGY & MATERIAL
SCIENCE LAB I MET 1 to MET 6
II MET 7 to MET 12
Total No. of students : 18761A0301-308,310-347,349-355,19765A0301-312 = 68
Batch B1 : 18761A0356-358,360-391 = 35
Batch B2 : 18761A0392-394,396-3B0, 19765A0313-326 = 33
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi, Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi &
certified by ISO 9001:2015
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Schedule of METALURGY & MATERIAL SCIENCE LAB (Section – C)
Laboratory Code : 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB Lab/Practicals : 2 hrs/ Week A.Y.: 2019-20 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : B
Instructors : Mr. R.PRAVEEN KUMAR, Assistant Professor and Mr. A.DHANUNJAY KUMAR, Assistant Professor
S. No
Date Batches
B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 Date B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26
1 17-06-2019
Demonstration of MMS Lab 20-06-2019
Demonstration of MMS Lab
2 24-06-2019
MET – 1 MET – 2 MET – 3 MET – 4 MET – 5
MET – 6
27-06-2019
MET –1 MET – 2 MET – 3 MET – 4 MET – 5
MET – 6
3 01-07-2019
MET – 2 MET – 3 MET – 4 MET – 5 MET – 6
MET– 7 04-07-2019
MET – 2 MET – 3 MET – 4 MET – 5 MET – 6
MET– 7
4 08-07-2019
MET – 3 MET – 4 MET – 5 MET – 6 MET – 7
MET – 8
11-07-2019
MET – 3 MET – 4 MET – 5 MET – 6 MET – 7
MET – 8
5 15-07-2019
MET – 4 MET – 5 MET – 6 MET – 7 MET – 8
MET – 9
18-07-2019
MET – 4 MET – 5 MET – 6 MET – 7 MET – 8
MET – 9
6 22-07-2019
MET – 5 MET – 6 MET– 7 MET– 8 MET – 9
MET–10
25-07-2019
MET – 5 MET – 6 MET– 7 MET– 8 MET – 9
MET–10
7 29-07-2019
MET – 6 MET – 7 MET– 8 MET – 9 MET- 10
MET – 1
01-08-2019
MET – 6 MET – 7 MET– 8 MET – 9 MET- 10
MET – 1
05-08-2019 to 10-08-2019
I Mid Examinations
8 19-08-2019
MET – 7 MET – 8 MET –9 MET – 10
MET – 1
MET- 2 22-08-2019
MET – 7 MET – 8 MET –9 MET – 10
MET – 1
MET- 2
9 26-08-2019
MET – 8 MET –9 MET – 10
MET – 1 MET –2 MET – 3
29-08-2019
MET – 8 MET –9 MET – 10
MET – 1 MET –2 MET – 3
10 09-09-2019
MET – 9 MET – 10
MET – 1 MET –2 MET – 3
MET – 4
12-09-2019
MET – 9 MET – 10
MET – 1 MET –2 MET – 3
MET – 4
11 16-09-2019
MET – 10
MET – 1 MET– 2 MET– 3 MET – 4
MET – 5
19-09-2019
MET – 10
MET – 1 MET– 2 MET– 3 MET – 4
MET – 5
12 23-09-2019
Repetition 26-09-2019
Repetition
13 30-09-2019
Internal Examination 03-10-2019
Internal Examination
14-10-2019 to 19-10-2019
II Mid Examinations
Batches:
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator
S. No
Batch
Registered Nos Tota
l
S. No
Batch
Registered Nos
Total
S. No
Batch
Registered Nos Total
S. No
Batch
Registered Nos
Total
1 B11 18761A0356-
358,360-632 06 4 B14
18761A0375-
379 05 7 B21
18761A0392-
394,396-398 06 10 B24
19765A0313-
317 05
2 B12 18761A0363-368
06 5 B15 18761A0380-
385 06 8 B22
18761A0399-
3A4 06 11 B25
19765A0318-
-322 05
3 B13 18761A0369-374
06 6 B16 18761A8635-
391 05 9 B23
18761A03A5-
3B0 06 12 B26
19765A0323-
326 05
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Sem., ME (Section-B)
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Materials Testing Lab, 17ME64
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 0-0-2
COURSE CREDITS 1
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : K.V.Viswanadh/M.Bhavani
COURSE COORDINATOR : K.V.Viswanadh
PRE-REQUISITE: Engineering Mechanics, Mechanics of Solids
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
The Objective of this course is to make the students observe the response of the materials under different loads and measure various mechanical properties.
COURSE OUTCOMES (CO)
CO 1 Observe the behavior of materials by conducting tension, compression & shear tests.
CO 2 Evaluate the impact strength of materials.
CO 3 Determine the hardness of given material.
CO 4 Determine the Elastic constants of given materials by using flexure and torsion tests.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):
COs PO 1
PO 2
PO 3
PO 4
PO 5
PO 6
PO 7
PO 8
PO 9
PO 10
PO 11
PO 12
PSO 1
PSO 2
PSO 3
CO1 1 3 2 1 3
CO2 1 3 2 1 3
CO3 1 3 2 1 3
CO4 1 3 2 1 3
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
REFERENCE:
R1 Lab Manual
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-B
Batch: B1 (18761A0356-391)
S.No.
Experiment to be
conducted
No. of Classes Require
d
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
Reference
HOD Sign
Weekly
1. Demonstration 2 17-06-2019
TLM8 -
2. Experiment-1 2 24-06-2019
TLM8 R1
3. Experiment-2
2 01-07-2019
TLM8 R1
4. Experiment-3
2 08-07-2019
TLM8 R1
5. Experiment-4
2 15-07-2019
TLM8 R1
6. Experiment-5
2 22-07-2019
TLM8 R1
7. Repetition 2 29-07-2019
TLM8 R1
8. Demonstration
2 12-08-2019
TLM8 -
9. Experiment-6
2 19-08-2019
TLM8 R1
10. Experiment-7
2 26-08-2019
TLM8 R1
11. Experiment-8
2 02-09-2019
TLM8 R1
12. Experiment-9
2 09-09-2019
TLM8 R1
13. Experiment-10
2 16-09-2019
TLM8 R1
14. Repetition 2 23-09-2019
TLM8 R1
15. Lab Internal 2 30-09-2019
- -
Additional Experiments:
S.No.
Experiment to be
conducted
No. of Classes Require
d
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
Reference
HOD Sign
Weekly
1. Compression
test on UTM
2
07-10-2019
TLM8
-
Batch:B2 (18761A0392-3B0 & All LE Students)
S.No.
Experiment to be
conducted
No. of Classes Require
d
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
Reference
HOD Sign
Weekly
1.
Demonstration 2 20-06-2019
TLM8 -
2.
Experiment-1 2 27-06-2019
TLM8 R1
3. Experiment-2
2 04-07-2019
TLM8 R1
4. Experiment-3
2 11-07-2019
TLM8 R1
5. Experiment-4
2 18-07-2019
TLM8 R1
6. Experiment-5
2 25-07-2019
TLM8 R1
7. Demonstration
2 01-08-2019
TLM8 -
8. Repetition 15-08-2019
TLM8 R1
9. Experiment-6
2 22-08-2019
TLM8 R1
10. Experiment-7
2 29-08-2019
TLM8 R1
11. Experiment-8
2 05-09-2019
TLM8 R1
12. Experiment-9
2 12-09-2019
TLM8 R1
13. Experiment-10
2 19-09-2019
TLM8 R1
14. Repetition 2 26-09-2019
TLM8 -
15. Lab Internal 2 03-10-2019
- -
Additional Experiments:
S.No.
Experiment to be
conducted
No. of Classes Require
d
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
Reference
HOD Sign
Weekly
16. Compression
test on UTM
2
10-10-2019
TLM8
-
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17/06/2019 03/08/2019 7
I Mid Examinations 05/08/2019 10/08/2019 1
II Phase of Instructions 12/08/2019 12/10/2019 9
II Mid Examinations 14/10/2019 19/10/2019 1
Preparation and Practicals 21/10/2019 31/10/2019 1.5
Semester End Examinations 01/11/2019 16/11/2019 2
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task Cos Marks
Day to Day Evaluation: A 1,2,3,4 A=20
Internal Lab Exams: B 1,2,3,4 B=10
Viva Marks: C 1,2,3,4 C=5
Attendance: D - D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : CIE=A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4 CIE=40
Semester End Examinations: SEE 1,2,3,4 SEE=60
Total Marks: CIE+SEE 1,2,3,4 100
Details of Batches:
Batch No. Reg. No. of Students Number of Students
Batch No. Reg. No. of Students Number of Students
B1A 18761A0356-363 07 B2A 18761A0392-399 07
B1B 18761A0364-370 07 B2B 18761A03A0-3A6 07 B1C 18761A0371-377 07 B2C 18761A03A7-3B0 04 B1D 18761A0378-384 07 B2D LE Students
B1E 18761A0385-391 07 B2E LE Students
Batch No:
Exp. 01
Exp. 02
Exp. 03
Exp. 04
Exp. 05
Exp. 06
Exp. 07
Exp. 08
Exp. 09
Exp. 10
B1A MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10
B1B MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6
B1C MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7
B1D MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8
B1E MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9
B2A MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10
B2B MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6
B2C MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7
B2D MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8
B2E MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Exp.No. Name of the Experiment Related CO
MT1 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Izod) CO2
MT2 Compression Test on Spring CO1
MT3 Tensile Test on Universal Testing Machine CO1
MT4 Hardness Test on Materials (Brinell) CO3
MT5 Deflection Test on Simply Supported Beams CO4
MT6 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Charpy) CO2
MT7 Torsion Test on Mild Steel Rod CO4
MT8 Shear Test of MS rod on UTM CO1
MT9 Hardness Test on Materials (Rockwell) CO3
MT10 Deflection Test on Cantilever Beams CO4
NOTIFICATION OF CYCLE
Cycle Exp.No. Name of the Experiment Related CO
C
yc
le-1
MT1 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Izod) CO2
MT2 Compression Test on Spring CO1
MT3 Tensile Test on Universal Testing Machine CO1
MT4 Hardness Test on Materials (Brinell) CO3
MT5 Deflection Test on Simply Supported Beams CO4
C
yc
le-2
MT6 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Charpy) CO2
MT7 Torsion Test on Mild Steel Rod CO4
MT8 Shear Test of MS rod on UTM CO1
MT9 Hardness Test on Materials (Rockwell) CO3
MT10 Deflection Test on Cantilever Beams CO4
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES:
PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound
knowledge in Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.
PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to
become successful in multidisciplinary activities.
PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong
learning.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)
Engineering Graduates will be able to:
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex
engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse
complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first
principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering
problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs
with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural,
societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of
data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources,
and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex
engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge
to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent
responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional
engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the
knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and
responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member
or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering
activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being
able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make
effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a
member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary
environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological
change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal
systems. 2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards
improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.
3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.
Course Instructor
Course Coordinator
Module Coordinator
HOD
LAKKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., C Sec
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Environmental Science -17FE03
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3-0-0
COURSE CREDITS 3
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : V. Bhagya Lakshmi
COURSE COORDINATOR : Dr. Shaheda Niloufer
PRE-REQUISITE:
COURSE OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this course is to provide a general background on
developing an understanding of systems and cycles on the earth and how individual
organisms live together in complex communities and how human activities influence our air,
water and soil. It also helps in developing an understanding about our use of fossil fuels and
effect on climate and sustainable management of natural resources.
COURSE OUT COMES (CO): After the completion of the course, students
should be able to:
CO1: Identify environmental problems arising due to engineering and technological activities
that help to be the part of sustainable solutions.
CO2: Evaluate local, regional and global environmental issues related to resources and their
sustainable management.
CO3: Realize the importance of ecosystem and biodiversity for maintaining ecological
balance.
CO4: Acknowledge and prevent the problems related to pollution of air, water and soil.
CO5: Identify the significance of implementing environmental laws and abatement devices
for environmental management.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs& POs,
PSOs):
Course
Outcomes
PO’s
ENVIRONMENAL STUDIES
Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1. 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO2. 3 3 3 3 3
CO3. 3 3 2 2
CO4. 3 2 3 2 3
CO5. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 Anubha Kaushik, C.P.Kaushik, “Perspectives in Environmental Studies”, New age
international publishers, 5th Edition, Delhi, 2016.
T2 Mahua Basu, S. Xavier, “Fundamentals of Environmental Studies”, Cambridge
University Press, 1st Edition, Delhi, 2016.
BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 S. Deswal, A. Deswal, “A Basic course in Environmental Studies”, Educational &
Technical Publishers, 2nd Edition, Delhi, 2014.
R2 R. Rajagopalan, “Environmental Studies (From Crisis to Cure)”, Oxford University
Press, 2nd Edition, New Delhi, 2012.
R3 De, A.K, “Environmental Chemistry”, New Age International (P) Limited, 5th Edition,
New Delhi, 2003.
R4 Dr.K.V.S.G. Murali Krishna, “Environmental Studies”, VGS Techno Series, 1st
Edition, Vijayawada, 2010. R5 G. Tyler Miller, Scott Spoolman, “Introduction to Environmental Studies”, Cengage
Learning, 13th Edition, New Delhi, 2009.
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A
UNIT-I: NATURE AND SCOPE OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1.
Introduction, components
of Environment
1
17-06-2019
1,2
CO1
T1
2.
Scope and importance
of environmental
studies
1 19-06-2019
1,2
CO1
T1
3.
Population explosion and
variations among
Nations.
1 21-06-2019
1,2
CO1
T1
4. Resettlement and
Rehabilitation - Issues and possible solutions
1
24-06-2019
1,2,9
CO1
T1
5. Environment and human
health
1 26-06-2019
1,2 CO1 T1
6. HIV-AIDS, 1 28-06-2019 1,2 CO1 T1
7. Environmental ethics 1 01-07-2019 1,2 CO1 T1
8.
Role of Information
Technology in
environmental
management and human
health
1
03-07-2019
1,2
CO1
T1
9. Assignment in UNIT I 1 05-07-2019 6 CO1 T1
10. Tutorial -1 1 08-07-2019 3
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I
10
No. of classes taken:
UNIT-II: NATURAL RESOURCES AND CONSERVATION
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
11. Introduction and classification
of Natural resources 1 10-07-2019
1,2
CO2 T1
12. Forest Resources 1 12-07-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1
13. Water Resources 1 15-07-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1
14. Water Resources 1 17-07-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1
15. Tutorial-2 1 19-07-2019 3 CO2 T1
16. Mineral Resources 1 22-07-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1
17. Food Resources 1 24-07-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1
18. Food Resources 1 26-07-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1
19. Energy Resources 1 29-07-2019 1,2,9
20. Assignment in Unit II 1 31-07-2019 9 CO2 T1
21. Energy Resources 1 02-08-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1
22. I MID Examinations 05-08-2019
23. I MID Examinations 07-08-2019
24. I MID Examinations 09-08-2019
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II
11
No. of classes taken:
UNIT-III: ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
25.
Definition, structure and
functions of an ecosystem Food chains and Food webs
1
14-08-2019
1,2
CO3 T1,T2
26. Ecological succession, Ecological pyramids
1 16-08-2019 1,2 CO3 T1, T2
27.
Biogeochemical cycles, Major Types of Ecosystems – Forest,
Grassland, Desert Land &
aquatic Ecosystem, Ecological Niche and Keystone Species
1
19-08-2019
1,2
CO3 T1, T2
28. Tutorial-3 1 21-08-2019 3 CO3 T1, T2
29.
Biogeographical classification
of India. India as a mega
diversity nation
1
23-08-2019
1,2
CO3 T1, T2
30.
Values of biodiversity- Direct
and Indirect values. Threats to
biodiversity; Man and wild
life conflicts. Endangered and endemic species of India
1
26-08-2019
1,2,9
CO3 T1, T2
31. Conservation of biodiversity:
In-situ and Ex-situ conservation methods
1
28-08-2019
1,2 CO3 T1, T2
32. Assignment Unit III 1 30-08-2019 9 CO3 T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III
08
No. of classes taken:
UNIT-IV: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
33.
Introduction to
Environmental Pollution
Causes, effects and control measures of: Air Pollution
04-09-2019
1,2
34. Causes, effects and control
measures of: Water Pollution
1
06-09-2019
1,2,9
CO4
T1, T2
35. Causes, effects and control
measures of: Soil Pollution 1 09-09-2019
1,2,9 CO4 T1, T2
36. Tutorial-4 & Assignment
in Unit IV 1 11-09-2019
3&6 CO4 T1, T2
37.
Causes, effects and control
measures of: Noise Pollution. Causes, effects
and control measures of: Nuclear Pollution
1
13-09-2019
1,2,9
CO4
T1, T2
38. Solid Waste Management 1 16-09-2019 1,2 CO4 T1, T2
39.
Environmental Issues
relating to Climate change,
global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion
1
18-09-2019
1,2
CO4
T1, T2
40.
Disaster Management-
Floods, Cyclones, Earthquakes, Landslides and
Tsunamis.
1
20-09-2019
1,2
CO4
T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV
08
No. of classes taken:
UNIT-V: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
41. Sustainable development and unsustainability
1 23-09-2019
1,2
42. Stockholm and Rio Summit 1 25-09-2019 1,2
43. Tutorial-5 & Assignment
in UNIT- V
1
27-09-2019
3,6
T2
44. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA),
1 30-09-2019
1,2
T2
45. Green building 1 04-10-2019 3 T2
46. Consumerism and Waste
products. Carbon credits and carbon trading.
1
07-10-2019
1,2
T2
47.
Environmental Law- Air,
Water Acts. Wild life, Forest, and Environmental
protection act
1
09-10-2019
1,2
T2
48. Revision 1 11-10-2019 1,2 T2
44. II MID EXAMINATION 16-10-2019 1,2 T1, T2
45. II MID EXAMINATION 18-10-2019 1,2 T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V
08
No. of classes taken:
Contents beyond the Syllabus
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
49 Case studies of Environmental Pollution
1
1,2
50 Limitations for Environmental Legislation in India
1
1,2
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17-06-2019 03-08-2019 7
I Mid Examinations 05-08-2019 10-08-2019 1
II Phase of Instructions 12-08-2019 12-10-2019 9
II Mid Examinations 14-10-2019 19-10-2019 1
Preparation and Practicals 21-10-2019 31-10-2019 1½
Semester End Examinations 01-11-2019 16-11-2019 2
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=5
Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=5
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=5
Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=5
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B 1,2,3,4,5 A+B=25
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 C=75
Total Marks: A+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 100
V. Bhagya Lakshmi Dr. Shaheda Niloufer
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD
COURSE HANDOUT
Part-A
PROGRAM : II B. Tech.MECH-C, III-Sem.,
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-2020
COURSE NAME & CODE : NUMERICAL METHODS AND FOURIER ANALYSIS
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 4-1-0
COURSE CREDITS 4
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : K.BHANU LAKSHMI
COURSE COORDINATOR : Y.P.C.S. Anil Kumar
PRE-REQUISITES : None
COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs): The main objective of this course is to enable the students learn numerical techniques for solving the equations, interpolation, differential equations
and fitting of various curves. They will also learn about the Fourier analysis of single valued
functions.
COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)
After completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Compare the rate of accuracy between various methods and approximating the root of the
equation and distinguish among the criteria of section and procedures of various numerical integration
rules.
CO2: Estimate the best fit polynomial for the given tabulated data using the methods of Newton’s
interpolation formulae and Lagrange’s interpolation.
CO3: Apply various numerical methods in solving the initial value problem involving the ordinary
differential equations.
CO4: Estimate the unknown dependent variable using curve fitting methods.
CO5: Generate the single valued functions in the form of Fourier series and obtained the Fourier Transforms.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos &POs, PSOs):
COs
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
CO1 3 2 2 1
CO2 3 2 2 1
CO3 3 2 2 1 CO4 3 2 2 1 CO5 3 2 1
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’
1- Slight (Low), 2 – Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 S.S. Sastry, “Introductory methods of numerical analysis”, 5th Edition, PHI, New Delhi, 2005
T2 Dr. B. V. Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 1stEdition, TMH, New Delhi, 2010.
BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 Dr. B.S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 42ndEdition, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 2012.
R2 Steven. C. Chopra, Ra. P. Canale, “Numerical methods for engineers with programming and
software application”, 4th edition, TMH, New Delhi, 2002.
R3 M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar, M. K. Jain, “Numerical methods for scientific and engineering computation”, 5th Edition, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2007
Part-B
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN):
UNIT-I: Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations and Numerical
Integration
S. No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Introduction to the course
1 17/6/19
TLM1
2. Course outcomes 1 18/6/19 TLM1
3. Algebraic and Transcendental Equation
1
19/6/19
TLM1
CO1
T1,T2
4. False Position method
1 20/6/19
TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
5. TUTORIAL-1 1 22/6/19 TLM3 CO1 T1,T2
6. False Position method
1 24/6/19
TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
7. Newton- Raphson
Method in one variable
1
25/6/19
TLM1
CO1
T1,T2
8. Newton- Raphson
Method in one variable
26/6/19
TLM1
CO1
T1,T2
9. Numerical
integration & Trapezoidal rule
1 27/6/19
TLM1
CO1
T1,T2
10. TUTORIAL-2 29/6/19
TLM3 CO1 T1,T2
11. Simpson’s 1/3 Rule 1 1/7/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
12. Simpson’s 1/3 Rule 1 2/7/19
TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
13. Simpson’s 3/8 Rule. 1 3/7/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
14. Simpson’s 3/8 Rule. 1 4/7/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2
15. Assignment 1 6/7/19 TLM6 CO1 T1,T2
16. Quiz-1 1 8/7/19 TLM6 CO1 T1,T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I
16 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-II: Interpolation and Finite Differences
S. No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
17. Introduction – Finite 1 9/7/19
TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
differences
18. Forward Differences-
Backward differences –Central
1 10/7/19
TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
differences
19. Forward Differences-
Backward differences –Central
1 11/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
differences
20. Symbolic relations and separation
1
15/7/19
TLM1
CO2
T1,T2
of symbols
21. Symbolic relations and separation
1
16/7/19
TLM1
CO2
T1,T2
of symbols
22. Newton’s formulae 17/7/19
TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
for interpolation
23. Newton’s formulae
for interpolation
1 18/7/19
TLM1
CO2
T1,T2
24. TUTORIAL-3 1 20/7/19
TLM3 CO2 T1,T2
25. Newton’s formulae
for interpolation
1 22/7/19
TLM1
CO2
T1,T2
26. Newton’s formulae
for interpolation
1
23/7/19
TLM1
CO2
T1,T2
27. Lagrange’s 1 24/7/19
TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
Interpolation
28. Lagrange’s 1
25/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
Interpolation
29. TUTORIAL-4 1 27/7/19 TLM3 CO2 T1,T2
30. Problems 1 29/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
31. Assignment 1 30/7/19 TLM6 CO2 T1,T2
32. Quiz-2 1 31/7/19 TLM6 CO2 T1,T2
33. Revision 1 1/8/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2
34. Swayam Prabha 1 3/8/19 TLM5 CO1,CO2 T1,T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II
18 No. of classes taken:
I MID EXAMINATIONS (5-8-19 TO 10-8-19)
UNIT-III: Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations
S. No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
35. Introduction to Unit- III
1 13/8/19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
36. Solution by Taylor’s series
1 14/8/19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
37. Solution by Taylor’s series
1 17/8/19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
38. Picard’s Method 1 19/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
39. Euler’s Method 1 20/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
40. TUTORIAL-5 1 21/8/19 TLM3 CO3 T1,T2
41. Modified Euler’s Method
1 22/8/19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
42. Runge- Kutta Method
1 26/8/19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
43. Runge- Kutta Method
1 27/8/19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2
44. TUTORIAL-6 1 28/8/19 TLM3 CO3 T1,T2
45. Assignment 1 29/8/19 TLM6 CO3 T1,T2
46. Quiz-3 1 31/8/19 TLM6 CO3 T1,T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III
12 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-IV: Curve Fitting
S. No.
Topics to be covered No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
47. Introduction to UNIT IV
1 3/9/19
TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
48. Fitting of a Straight line
1 4/9/19
TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
49. Fitting of a second degree polynomial
1 5/9/19 TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
50. TUTORIAL-7 1 7/9/19
TLM3 CO4 T1,T2
51. Fitting of a second
degree polynomial
1 9/9/19
TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
52. Fitting of exponential curves
1 11/9/19
TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
53. Fitting of a power curve
1 12/9/19
TLM1 CO4 T1,T2
54. TUTORIAL-8 1 16/9/19 TLM3 CO4 T1,T2
55. Assignment 1 17/9/19 TLM6 CO4 T1,T2
56. Quiz-4 1 18/9/19 TLM6 CO4 T1,T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV
10 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-V: Fourier series and Fourier Transforms
S. No.
Topics to be covered No. of Classes
Required
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning
Methods
Learning Outcome
COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
57. Determination of Fourier coefficients
1 19/9/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
58. Even and Odd 1
21/9/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
Functions
59. Fourier Cosine and Sine Series
1 23/9/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
60. Fourier Cosine and Sine Series
1 24/9/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
61. TUTORIAL-9 1
25/9/19 TLM3
CO5 T1,T2
62. Fourier Series in an arbitrary interval
1 26/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
63. Half-range Sine and Cosine series
1 28/9/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
64. Half-range series in an arbitrary interval
1 30/9/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
65. Fourier Integral theorem, Fourier sine and cosine integrals
1 1/10/19
TLM1
CO5
T1,T2
66. Fourier Integral theorem, Fourier sine and cosine integrals
1
3/10/19
TLM1
CO5
T1,T2
67. Fourier Transform, Inverse Transform
1 5/10/19
TLM1 CO5 T1,T2
68. Sine and cosine transforms, Properties
1
7/10/19
TLM1
CO5
T1,T2
69. TUTORIAL-10 1
9/10/19 TLM3
CO5 T1,T2
70. Assignment/Quiz-5 1
10/10/19
TLM6 CO5 T1,T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V
14 No. of classes taken:
Contents beyond the Syllabus S. No.
Topics to be covered No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
71. Finite Fourier Transforms(Swayam Prabha)
1
12/10/19
TLM5
CO5
T1,T2
No. of classes 1 No. of classes taken:
II MID EXAMINATIONS (14-10-19 TO 19-10-19)
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam Prabha/MOOCS)
TLM2 PPT TLM6 Assignment or Quiz
TLM3 Tutorial TLM7 Group Discussion/Project
TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)
Part - C
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task Units Marks
Assignment– 1 1 A1=5
Assignment– 2 2 A2=5
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Online Quiz-1 1,2 C1=10
Assignment– 3 3 A3=5
Assignment– 4 4 A4=5
Assignment– 5 5 A5=5
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Online Quiz-2 3,4,5 C2=10
Evaluation of Assignment: A=Avg (Best of Four(A1,A2,A3,A4,A5)) 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=10
Attendance Marks based on Percentage of attendance D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 40
Semester End Examinations : E 1,2,3,4,5 60
Total Marks: A+B+C+D+E 1,2,3,4,5 100
K.BHANU LAKSHMI Y.P.C.S. Anil Kumar Dr.A.RAMI REDDY Dr.A.RAMI REDDY
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
PART - A
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III Sem., ME- A -SEC
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering – [17EC50]
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0
COURSE CREDITS 3
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K.Sasi Bhushan
COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan
PRE-REQUISITE : Engineering Physics, Basic Electrical Engineering,
Course Educational Objective: This course will provide introduction to semiconductor materials, operation of electronic devices like diodes, transistors and their applications. These courses further provides knowledge about logic gates, implementation of digital circuits using logic gates and understand the constraints of operational amplifier.
COURSE OUTCOMES (CO): CO1: Know the basics of semiconductor materials and operation of electronic devices CO2: Use of junction diode and transistor for different applications.
CO3: Design amplifier circuits using transistor
CO4: Analyze the digital circuits using logic gates
CO5: Design the combinational & sequential circuits using logic gates and examine the
characteristics related to OP-AMP.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):
Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 1 1 -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1 3 1 -- -- --
CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- --
CO3 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- --
CO4 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- --
CO5 2 1 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- 1 2 1 -- -- --
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 R.L.Boylested and Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” , Pearson/ prentice Hall
Publishers. T2 Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, PHI Publishers, 4th Edition.
BOS APPROVED
R1 Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkies, “ Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill,
Publishers, New Delhi. R2 Electronic Devices and Circuits by G.S.N.Raju, I.K.International.
Prescribed Syllabus:
UNIT-I:
Semiconductor Physics: Energy band theory of crystals, types of materials, mobility, conductivity,
semiconductor definition, types of semiconductors, majority and minority carriers in semiconductors,
Fermi level in semiconductors, mass action law. Electronic Devices: P-N junction diode, biasing
conditions of P-N junction diode, V-I characteristics of junction diode, Zener diode and its
applications.
UNIT-II:
Applications of junction diode: Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers, Half wave, full wave rectifier
and bridge rectifier, rectifier circuits operation and parameters, comparison of rectifier circuits, need
of filter in rectifier, rectifier circuits with capacitor, inductor, L-section and π section filters
Introduction to three terminal devices: Introduction to Transistor, transistor terminals, operation of
Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), Field Effect Transistor (FET) and Metal Oxide Semiconductor
Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET).
UNIT-III:
Transistor Biasing: Need for biasing, operating point, DC load line, AC load line, Stability, types of
biasing circuits -fixed bias, collector to base bias and voltage divider bias circuits operation and
design. Stability factors S, SI and SII for different basing circuits.
UNIT-IV:
Number System & Boolean Algebra: Number systems (binary, octal, decimal and hexadecimal),
compliments (1s and 2s compliments), Boolean algebra, K-map and its minimization (up to four
variables), Binary codes and code converters. Logic Gates: Basic logic gates (AND, OR, NOT),
universal logic gates (NAND, NOR), and special logic gates (XOR, XNOR), implementation of
digital circuits using logic gates.
UNIT-V:
Combinational & Sequential Circuits: Half adder, full adder, half Subtractor, full Subtractor, decoder
and encoder, Multiplexer and de-multiplexer, sequential circuits, difference between combinational
and sequential circuits, latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T), flip-flop conversions Operational
Amplifiers: Introduction to operational amplifier (OP-AMP), block diagram of OP-AMP, 741 OP-
AMP parameters, 741 Op-Amp applications-adder, subtractor, 741 OP-AMP as integrator and
differentiator.
PART – B COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): UNIT-I : Semiconductor Physics & Electronic Devices
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Energy band theory of crystals
01 18 – 06 – 19
2. Types of materials 01 19 – 06 – 19
3. Mobility & conductivity
01 20 – 06 – 19
4. Semiconductor types, 01 20 – 06 – 19
5. Tutorial 01 25 – 06 – 19
6. Majority and minority
carriers in
Semiconductors
26 – 06 – 19
7. Fermi level in semiconductors
01 27 – 06 – 19
8. Tutorial 01 27 – 06 – 19
9. Mass action law. 01 02 – 07 – 19
10. P-N junction diode biasing conditions
01 03 – 07 – 19
11. P-N junction diode V-I Characteristics
01 04 – 07 – 19
12. Tutorial 01 04 – 07 – 19
13. Zener diode operation 01 09 – 07 – 19
14. Zener diode applications
01 10 – 07 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I
14 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- II : Applications of junction diode & Introduction to three terminal devices
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers,
01 11 – 07 – 19
2. Half wave operation and parameters
01 11 – 07 – 19
3. Full wave rectifier operation and parameters
01 16 – 07 – 19
4. Bridge rectifier circuit
operation and
01 17 – 07 – 19
5. Comparison of rectifier circuits
01 18 – 07 – 19
6. Tutorial 01 18 – 07 – 19
7. Need of filter in rectifier and
01 23 – 07 – 19
8. rectifier with capacitor as filters
01 24 – 07 – 19
9. Rectifier circuits with
Inductor as filters
01 25 – 07 – 19
10. Tutorial 01 25 – 07 – 19
11. Rectifier circuits with
L- section and π
section filter
01 30 – 07 – 19
12. Introduction to
Transistor, transistor
terminals, operation of
Bipolar Junction
Transistor (BJT).
01 31 – 07 – 19
13. Operation of Field
Effect Transistor
(FET)
01 01 – 08 – 19
14. Operation of Metal
Oxide Semiconductor
Field Effect Transistor
(MOSFET)
01 01 – 08 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II
14 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- III : Transistor Biasing
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Need for biasing,
operating point, DC
load line and AC load
line,
01 13 – 08 – 19
2. Stability definition
and Stability factors S,
SI and SII
01 14 – 08 – 19
3. Types of biasing circuits
01 20 – 08 – 19
4. Tutorial 01 21 – 08 – 19
5. Fixed bias operation and design.
01 22 – 08 – 19
6. Tutorial 01 22 – 08 – 19
7. Collector to base bias
circuits operation and
design.
01 27 – 08 – 19
8. Voltage divider bias
circuits operation and design.
01 28 – 08 – 19
9. Stability factors S, SI
and SII for different
basing circuits.
01 29 – 08 – 19
10. Tutorial 01 29 – 08 – 19
No. of classes required to
complete UNIT-III 10 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- IV: Number System & Boolean Algebra & Logic Gates
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1.
Number systems
(binary, octal, decimal
and hexadecimal),
01
03 – 09 – 19
2. compliments (1s and 2s compliments),
01 04 – 09 – 19
3. Boolean algebra, 01 05 – 09 – 19
4. Tutorial 01 05 – 09 – 19
5.
K-map and its
minimization (up to four variables),
01
11 – 09 – 19
6. Binary codes and code converters.
01 12 – 09 – 19
7.
Basic logic gates
(AND, OR, NOT),
universal logic gates
(NAND, NOR), and
special logic gates
(XOR, XNOR),
01
12 – 09 – 19
8.
Implementation of
digital circuits using logic gates.
01
17 – 09 – 19
9. Tutorial 01 18 – 09 – 19
No. of classes required to
complete UNIT-IV 09
No. of classes taken:
UNIT- V: Combinational & Sequential Circuits & Operational Amplifiers
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Half adder, full adder, 01 19 – 09 – 19
2. Half Subtractor, full Subtractor,
01 19 – 0 9 – 19
3. Decoder and Encoder, 01 24 – 0 9 – 19
4. Multiplexer and de- multiplexer,
01 25 – 09 – 19
5.
Sequential circuits,
difference between
combinational and sequential circuits,
01
26 – 09 – 19
6. Tutorial 01 26 – 09 – 19
7. Latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T)
01 – 10 – 19
8. Flip-Flop conversions 01 03 – 10 – 19
9. Tutorial 01 03 – 10 – 19
10.
Introduction to OP-
AMP and its parameters
01
09 – 10 – 19
11.
741 Op-Amp
applications- adder,
subtractor,
01
10 – 10 – 19
12.
741 OP-AMP as
integrator and
differentiator.
01
10 – 10 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V
12
No. of classes taken:
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W
I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W
II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W
II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W
Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W
Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W
*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019
PART – C
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment – 1 1 A1=5
Assignment – 2 2 A2=5
Quiz – 1 1,2 B1=10
I-Mid Examination 1,2 C1=20
Assignment – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment – 4 4 A4=5
Assignment – 5 5 A5=5
Quiz – 2 3,4,5 B2=10
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 C2=20
Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Quiz Marks: B= (B1+B2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 B=10
Evaluation of Mid Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=20
Attendance: D D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 A+B+C+D=40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 E=60
Total Marks: A+B+C+D=E 1,2,3,4,5 100
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):
PEO 1: To Attain a solid foundation in Electronics & Communication Engineering fundamentals with an attitude to pursue continuing education.
PEO 2: To Function professionally in the rapidly changing world with advances in technology.
PEO 3: To Contribute to the needs of the society in solving technical problems using Electronics & Communication Engineering principles, tools and practices.
PEO 4: To Exercise leadership qualities, at levels appropriate to their experience, which addresses issues in a responsive, ethical, and innovative manner.
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):
PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO 3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the
information to provide valid conclusions.
PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations
PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the
professional engineering practice
PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for
sustainable development.
PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
PSO 1: Communication: Design and develop modern communication technologies for building the inter disciplinary skills to meet current and future needs of industry.
PSO 2: VLSI and Embedded Systems: Design and Analyze Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits or
systems and Implement real time applications in the field of VLSI and Embedded Systems using relevant tools
PSO 3: Signal Processing: Apply the Signal processing techniques to synthesize and realize the issues related to real time applications
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
PART - A
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III Sem., ME- B -SEC
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering – [17EC50]
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0
COURSE CREDITS 3
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan
COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan
PRE-REQUISITE : Engineering Physics, Basic Electrical Engineering,
Course Educational Objective: This course will provide introduction to semiconductor materials, operation of electronic devices like diodes, transistors and their applications. These courses further provides knowledge about logic gates, implementation of digital circuits using logic gates and understand the constraints of operational amplifier.
COURSE OUTCOMES (CO): CO1: Know the basics of semiconductor materials and operation of electronic devices CO2: Use of junction diode and transistor for different applications.
CO3: Design amplifier circuits using transistor
CO4: Analyze the digital circuits using logic gates
CO5: Design the combinational & sequential circuits using logic gates and examine the
characteristics related to OP-AMP.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):
Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 1 1 -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1 3 1 -- -- --
CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- --
CO3 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- --
CO4 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- --
CO5 2 1 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- 1 2 1 -- -- --
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 R.L.Boylested and Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” , Pearson/ prentice Hall
Publishers. T2 Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, PHI Publishers, 4th Edition.
BOS APPROVED
R1 Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkies, “ Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill,
Publishers, New Delhi. R2 Electronic Devices and Circuits by G.S.N.Raju, I.K.International.
Prescribed Syllabus:
UNIT-I:
Semiconductor Physics: Energy band theory of crystals, types of materials, mobility, conductivity,
semiconductor definition, types of semiconductors, majority and minority carriers in semiconductors,
Fermi level in semiconductors, mass action law. Electronic Devices: P-N junction diode, biasing
conditions of P-N junction diode, V-I characteristics of junction diode, Zener diode and its
applications.
UNIT-II:
Applications of junction diode: Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers, Half wave, full wave rectifier
and bridge rectifier, rectifier circuits operation and parameters, comparison of rectifier circuits, need
of filter in rectifier, rectifier circuits with capacitor, inductor, L-section and π section filters
Introduction to three terminal devices: Introduction to Transistor, transistor terminals, operation of
Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), Field Effect Transistor (FET) and Metal Oxide Semiconductor
Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET).
UNIT-III:
Transistor Biasing: Need for biasing, operating point, DC load line, AC load line, Stability, types of
biasing circuits -fixed bias, collector to base bias and voltage divider bias circuits operation and
design. Stability factors S, SI and SII for different basing circuits.
UNIT-IV:
Number System & Boolean Algebra: Number systems (binary, octal, decimal and hexadecimal),
compliments (1s and 2s compliments), Boolean algebra, K-map and its minimization (up to four
variables), Binary codes and code converters. Logic Gates: Basic logic gates (AND, OR, NOT),
universal logic gates (NAND, NOR), and special logic gates (XOR, XNOR), implementation of
digital circuits using logic gates.
UNIT-V:
Combinational & Sequential Circuits: Half adder, full adder, half Subtractor, full Subtractor, decoder
and encoder, Multiplexer and de-multiplexer, sequential circuits, difference between combinational
and sequential circuits, latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T), flip-flop conversions Operational
Amplifiers: Introduction to operational amplifier (OP-AMP), block diagram of OP-AMP, 741 OP-
AMP parameters, 741 Op-Amp applications-adder, subtractor, 741 OP-AMP as integrator and
differentiator.
PART – B COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): UNIT-I : Semiconductor Physics & Electronic Devices
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
15. Energy band theory of crystals
01 17 – 06 – 19
16. Types of materials 01 19 – 06 – 19
17. Mobility & conductivity
01 21 – 06 – 19
18. Tutorial 01 22 – 06 – 19
19. Semiconductor types, 01 24 – 06 – 19
20. Majority and minority
carriers in
Semiconductors
26 – 06 – 19
21. Fermi level in semiconductors
01 28 – 06 – 19
22. Tutorial 01 29 – 06 – 19
23. Mass action law. 01 01 – 07 – 19
24. P-N junction diode biasing conditions
01 03 – 07 – 19
25. P-N junction diode V-I Characteristics
01 05 – 07 – 19
26. Tutorial 01 06 – 07 – 19
27. Zener diode operation 01 08 – 07 – 19
28. Zener diode applications
01 10 – 07 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I
14 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- II : Applications of junction diode & Introduction to three terminal devices
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
15. Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers,
01 12 – 07 – 19
16. Half wave operation and parameters
01 13 – 07 – 19
17. Full wave rectifier operation and parameters
01 15 – 07 – 19
18. Bridge rectifier circuit
operation and
01 17 – 07 – 19
19. Comparison of rectifier circuits
01 19 – 07 – 19
20. Tutorial 01 20 – 07 – 19
21. Need of filter in rectifier and
01 22 – 07 – 19
22. rectifier with capacitor as filters
01 24 – 07 – 19
23. Rectifier circuits with
Inductor as filters
01 26 – 07 – 19
24. Rectifier circuits with
L- section and π
section filter
01 27 – 07 – 19
25. Tutorial 01 29 – 07 – 19
26. Introduction to
Transistor, transistor
terminals, operation of
Bipolar Junction
Transistor (BJT).
01 31 – 07 – 19
27. Operation of Field
Effect Transistor
(FET)
01 02 – 08 – 19
28. Operation of Metal Oxide Semiconductor
Field Effect Transistor
(MOSFET)
01 03 – 08 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II
14 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- III : Transistor Biasing
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
11. Need for biasing,
operating point, DC
load line and AC load line,
01 14 – 08 – 19
12. Stability definition
and Stability factors S,
SI and SII
01 16 – 08 – 19
13. Types of biasing circuits
01 17 – 08 – 19
14. Tutorial 01 19 – 08 – 19
15. Fixed bias operation and design.
01 21 – 08 – 19
16. Collector to base bias
circuits operation and
design.
01 23 – 08 – 19
17. Tutorial 01 26 – 08 – 19
18. Voltage divider bias
circuits operation and design.
01 28 – 08 – 19
19. Stability factors S, SI
and SII for different
basing circuits.
01 30 – 08 – 19
20. Tutorial 01 31 – 08 – 19
No. of classes required to
complete UNIT-III 10 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- IV: Number System & Boolean Algebra & Logic Gates
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
10.
Number systems
(binary, octal, decimal
and hexadecimal),
01
04 – 09 – 19
11. compliments (1s and 2s compliments),
01 06 – 09 – 19
12. Tutorial 01 07 – 09 – 19
13. Boolean algebra, 01 09 – 09 – 19
14.
K-map and its
minimization (up to four variables),
01
11 – 09 – 19
15. Binary codes and code converters.
01 13 – 09 – 19
16.
Basic logic gates
(AND, OR, NOT),
universal logic gates
(NAND, NOR), and
special logic gates
(XOR, XNOR),
01
14 – 09 – 19
17.
Implementation of
digital circuits using logic gates.
01
16 – 09 – 19
18. Tutorial 01 18 – 09 – 19
No. of classes required to
complete UNIT-IV 09
No. of classes taken:
UNIT- V: Combinational & Sequential Circuits & Operational Amplifiers
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
13. Half adder, full adder, 01 20 – 09 – 19
14. Half Subtractor, full Subtractor,
01 21 – 0 9 – 19
15. Decoder and Encoder, 01 23 – 0 9 – 19
16. Multiplexer and de- multiplexer,
01 25 – 09 – 19
17. Tutorial 01 27 – 09 – 19
18.
Sequential circuits,
difference between
combinational and sequential circuits,
01
28 – 09 – 19
19. Latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T)
01 30 – 09 – 19
20. Flip-Flop conversions 01 04 – 10 – 19
21. Tutorial 01 05 – 10 – 19
22.
Introduction to OP-
AMP and its parameters
01
07 – 10 – 19
23.
741 Op-Amp
applications- adder,
subtractor,
01
11 – 10 – 19
24.
741 OP-AMP as
integrator and
differentiator.
01
12 – 10 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V
12
No. of classes taken:
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W
I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W
II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W
II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W
Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W
Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W
*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019
PART – C
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment – 1 1 A1=5
Assignment – 2 2 A2=5
Quiz – 1 1,2 B1=10
I-Mid Examination 1,2 C1=20
Assignment – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment – 4 4 A4=5
Assignment – 5 5 A5=5
Quiz – 2 3,4,5 B2=10
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 C2=20
Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Quiz Marks: B= (B1+B2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 B=10
Evaluation of Mid Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=20
Attendance: D D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 A+B+C+D=40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 E=60
Total Marks: A+B+C+D=E 1,2,3,4,5 100
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):
PEO 1: To Attain a solid foundation in Electronics & Communication Engineering fundamentals with an attitude to pursue continuing education.
PEO 2: To Function professionally in the rapidly changing world with advances in technology.
PEO 3: To Contribute to the needs of the society in solving technical problems using Electronics & Communication Engineering principles, tools and practices.
PEO 4: To Exercise leadership qualities, at levels appropriate to their experience, which addresses issues in a responsive, ethical, and innovative manner.
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):
PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO 3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the
information to provide valid conclusions.
PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations
PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the
professional engineering practice
PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for
sustainable development.
PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
PSO 1: Communication: Design and develop modern communication technologies for building the inter disciplinary skills to meet current and future needs of industry.
PSO 2: VLSI and Embedded Systems: Design and Analyze Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits or
systems and Implement real time applications in the field of VLSI and Embedded Systems using relevant tools
PSO 3: Signal Processing: Apply the Signal processing techniques to synthesize and realize the issues related to real time applications
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
PART - A
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III Sem., ME- C -SEC
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering – [17EC50]
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0
COURSE CREDITS 3
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. M.Samba Siva Reddy
COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan
PRE-REQUISITE : Engineering Physics, Basic Electrical Engineering,
Course Educational Objective: This course will provide introduction to semiconductor materials, operation of electronic devices like diodes, transistors and their applications. These courses further provides knowledge about logic gates, implementation of digital circuits using logic gates and understand the constraints of operational amplifier.
COURSE OUTCOMES (CO): CO1: Know the basics of semiconductor materials and operation of electronic devices CO2: Use of junction diode and transistor for different applications.
CO3: Design amplifier circuits using transistor
CO4: Analyze the digital circuits using logic gates
CO5: Design the combinational & sequential circuits using logic gates and examine the
characteristics related to OP-AMP.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):
Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 1 1 -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1 3 1 -- -- --
CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- --
CO3 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- --
CO4 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- --
CO5 2 1 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- 1 2 1 -- -- --
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 R.L.Boylested and Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” , Pearson/ prentice Hall
Publishers. T2 Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, PHI Publishers, 4th Edition.
BOS APPROVED
R1 Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkies, “ Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill,
Publishers, New Delhi. R2 Electronic Devices and Circuits by G.S.N.Raju, I.K.International.
Prescribed Syllabus:
UNIT-I:
Semiconductor Physics: Energy band theory of crystals, types of materials, mobility, conductivity,
semiconductor definition, types of semiconductors, majority and minority carriers in semiconductors,
Fermi level in semiconductors, mass action law. Electronic Devices: P-N junction diode, biasing
conditions of P-N junction diode, V-I characteristics of junction diode, Zener diode and its
applications.
UNIT-II:
Applications of junction diode: Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers, Half wave, full wave rectifier
and bridge rectifier, rectifier circuits operation and parameters, comparison of rectifier circuits, need
of filter in rectifier, rectifier circuits with capacitor, inductor, L-section and π section filters
Introduction to three terminal devices: Introduction to Transistor, transistor terminals, operation of
Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), Field Effect Transistor (FET) and Metal Oxide Semiconductor
Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET).
UNIT-III:
Transistor Biasing: Need for biasing, operating point, DC load line, AC load line, Stability, types of
biasing circuits -fixed bias, collector to base bias and voltage divider bias circuits operation and
design. Stability factors S, SI and SII for different basing circuits.
UNIT-IV:
Number System & Boolean Algebra: Number systems (binary, octal, decimal and hexadecimal),
compliments (1s and 2s compliments), Boolean algebra, K-map and its minimization (up to four
variables), Binary codes and code converters. Logic Gates: Basic logic gates (AND, OR, NOT),
universal logic gates (NAND, NOR), and special logic gates (XOR, XNOR), implementation of
digital circuits using logic gates.
UNIT-V:
Combinational & Sequential Circuits: Half adder, full adder, half Subtractor, full Subtractor, decoder
and encoder, Multiplexer and de-multiplexer, sequential circuits, difference between combinational
and sequential circuits, latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T), flip-flop conversions Operational
Amplifiers: Introduction to operational amplifier (OP-AMP), block diagram of OP-AMP, 741 OP-
AMP parameters, 741 Op-Amp applications-adder, subtractor, 741 OP-AMP as integrator and
differentiator.
PART – B COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): UNIT-I : Semiconductor Physics & Electronic Devices
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
29. Energy band theory of crystals
01 18 – 06 – 19
30. Types of materials 01 19 – 06 – 19
31. Mobility & conductivity
01 20 – 06 – 19
32. Semiconductor types, 01 22 – 06 – 19
33. Tutorial 01 25 – 06 – 19
34. Majority and minority
carriers in
Semiconductors
26 – 06 – 19
35. Fermi level in semiconductors
01 27 – 06 – 19
36. Mass action law. 01 29 – 06 – 19
37. Tutorial 01 02 – 07 – 19
38. P-N junction diode biasing conditions
01 03 – 07 – 19
39. P-N junction diode V-I Characteristics
01 04 – 07 – 19
40. Zener diode operation 01 06 – 07 – 19
41. Tutorial 01 09 – 07 – 19
42. Zener diode applications
01 10 – 07 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I
14 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- II : Applications of junction diode & Introduction to three terminal devices
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
29. Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers,
01 11 – 07 – 19
30. Half wave operation and parameters
01 13 – 07 – 19
31. Full wave rectifier operation and parameters
01 16 – 07 – 19
32. Bridge rectifier circuit
operation and
01 17 – 07 – 19
33. Comparison of rectifier circuits
01 18 – 07 – 19
34. Need of filter in rectifier and
01 20 – 07 – 19
35. Tutorial 01 23 – 07 – 19
36. rectifier with capacitor as filters
01 24 – 07 – 19
37. Rectifier circuits with
Inductor as filters
01 25 – 07 – 19
38. Rectifier circuits with
L- section and π
section filter
01 27 – 07 – 19
39. Tutorial 01 30 – 07 – 19
40. Introduction to
Transistor, transistor
terminals, operation of
Bipolar Junction
Transistor (BJT).
01 31 – 07 – 19
41. Operation of Field
Effect Transistor
(FET)
01 01 – 08 – 19
42. Operation of Metal Oxide Semiconductor
Field Effect Transistor
(MOSFET)
01 03 – 08 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II
14 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- III : Transistor Biasing
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
21. Need for biasing,
operating point, DC
load line and AC load line,
01 13 – 08 – 19
22. Stability definition
and Stability factors S,
SI and SII
01 14 – 08 – 19
23. Types of biasing circuits
01 17 – 08 – 19
24. Tutorial 01 20 – 08 – 19
25. Fixed bias operation and design.
01 21 – 08 – 19
26. Collector to base bias
circuits operation and
design.
01 22 – 08 – 19
27. Tutorial 01 27 – 08 – 19
28. Voltage divider bias
circuits operation and design.
01 28 – 08 – 19
29. Stability factors S, SI
and SII for different
basing circuits.
01 29 – 08 – 19
30. Tutorial 01 31 – 08 – 19
No. of classes required to
complete UNIT-III 10 No. of classes taken:
UNIT- IV: Number System & Boolean Algebra & Logic Gates
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
19.
Number systems
(binary, octal, decimal
and hexadecimal),
01
03 – 09 – 19
20. compliments (1s and 2s compliments),
01 04 – 09 – 19
21. Boolean algebra, 01 05 – 09 – 19
22. Tutorial 01 07 – 09 – 19
23.
K-map and its
minimization (up to four variables),
01
11 – 09 – 19
24. Binary codes and code converters.
01 12 – 09 – 19
25.
Basic logic gates
(AND, OR, NOT),
universal logic gates
(NAND, NOR), and
special logic gates
(XOR, XNOR),
01
14 – 09 – 19
26.
Implementation of
digital circuits using logic gates.
01
17 – 09 – 19
27. Tutorial 01 18 – 09 – 19
No. of classes required to
complete UNIT-IV 09
No. of classes taken:
UNIT- V: Combinational & Sequential Circuits & Operational Amplifiers
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
25. Half adder, full adder, 01 19 – 09 – 19
26. Half Subtractor, full Subtractor,
01 21 – 0 9 – 19
27. Decoder and Encoder, 01 24 – 0 9 – 19
28. Multiplexer and de- multiplexer,
01 25 – 09 – 19
29. Tutorial 01 26 – 09 – 19
30.
Sequential circuits,
difference between
combinational and sequential circuits,
01
28 – 09 – 19
31. Latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T)
01 – 10 – 19
32. Flip-Flop conversions 01 03 – 10 – 19
33. Tutorial 01 05 – 10 – 19
34.
Introduction to OP-
AMP and its parameters
01
10 – 10 – 19
35.
741 Op-Amp
applications- adder,
subtractor,
01
10 – 10 – 19
36.
741 OP-AMP as
integrator and
differentiator.
01
12 – 10 – 19
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V
12
No. of classes taken:
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W
I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W
II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W
II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W
Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W
Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W
*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019
PART – C
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment – 1 1 A1=5
Assignment – 2 2 A2=5
Quiz – 1 1,2 B1=10
I-Mid Examination 1,2 C1=20
Assignment – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment – 4 4 A4=5
Assignment – 5 5 A5=5
Quiz – 2 3,4,5 B2=10
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 C2=20
Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Quiz Marks: B= (B1+B2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 B=10
Evaluation of Mid Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=20
Attendance: D D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 A+B+C+D=40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 E=60
Total Marks: A+B+C+D=E 1,2,3,4,5 100
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):
PEO 1: To Attain a solid foundation in Electronics & Communication Engineering fundamentals with an attitude to pursue continuing education.
PEO 2: To Function professionally in the rapidly changing world with advances in technology.
PEO 3: To Contribute to the needs of the society in solving technical problems using Electronics & Communication Engineering principles, tools and practices.
PEO 4: To Exercise leadership qualities, at levels appropriate to their experience, which addresses issues in a responsive, ethical, and innovative manner.
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):
PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO 3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the
information to provide valid conclusions.
PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations
PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the
professional engineering practice
PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for
sustainable development.
PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
PSO 1: Communication: Design and develop modern communication technologies for building the inter disciplinary skills to meet current and future needs of industry.
PSO 2: VLSI and Embedded Systems: Design and Analyze Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits or
systems and Implement real time applications in the field of VLSI and Embedded Systems using relevant tools
PSO 3: Signal Processing: Apply the Signal processing techniques to synthesize and realize the issues related to real time applications
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh
COURSE HANDOUT Part-A
PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Semester, C-Section ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : Thermodynamics-17ME03 L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0 COURSE CREDITS 3 COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr. P. Ravindra Kumar COURSE COORDINATOR : Dr. P. Ravindra Kumar PRE-REQUISITES : Engineering Physics
COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs):
To provide insights on laws of thermodynamics and its applications, gas mixtures, pure substances and thermodynamic cycles.
COURSE OUTCOMES (COS): At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Comprehend the concepts of heat, work, and forms of energy, laws of thermodynamics, mixtures of gases, pure substances and thermodynamics cycles. CO2: Describe various thermal systems using thermodynamic laws and principles CO3: Apply the laws of thermodynamics to solve problems on various thermodynamic systems. CO4: Analyse thermodynamic cycles, properties of pure substances and mixture of gases using thermodynamic concepts. CO5: Evaluate the performance parameters of the thermodynamic cycles, pure substances and gases mixtures.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs and POs and PSOs)
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs)-
Thermodynamics- (17ME03)
POs PSOs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
PSO 1
PSO 2
PSO 3
CO
s
CO1 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - - 1 3 - 1
CO2 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - 3 1 3 - 2
CO3 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 1 3 - 1
CO4 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 1 2 - 1
CO5 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - - 1 3 - 1
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 P.K.Nag, “Engineering Thermodynamics”- McGraw-Hill. 5th Edition, 2013
T2 Y.A. Cengel, and M.A.Boles, “Thermodynamics : An Engineering Approach”, McGraw-Hill, 7th Edition, 2011.
BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 G.J.Van Wylen & Sonntag, “Fundamentals of Thermodynamics”, John Wiley& sons, publications Inc. 5th Edition, 1998.
R2 E.Rathakrishnan, “Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics”, PHI, 2nd Edition, 2010.
Part-B Course Delivery Plan (Lesson Plan): Section-C
S.NO TOPIC TO BE COVERED No. of
Classes Required
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM
HOD
Signature
Unit-1 BASIC CONCEPTS
1 Basic Concepts and Definitions 1 17-6-19 1
2 Macroscopic & Microscopic approaches 1 18-6-19 1
3 System-Types, Control Volume Properties of system
1 20-6-19
1
4 State, Path, Process, Cycle, path and 1 21-6-19 1,2 point functions.
5 Thermodynamic Equilibrium, 1 24-6-19 1,2 Quasistatic process, applications of TD,
Internal Energy, Specific heat , Enthalpy
Tutorial-1 1 25-6-19 3
6 Zeroth law of Thermodynamics
Temperature scales – Temperature
measurement
1 27-6-19
1
7 Constant volume gas thermometer
Numerical Problems on Temperature
scales
2 28-6-19
01-7-19
1
8 Advantages of gas thermometers over 1 02-7-19
liquid thermometers 1,4
9 Numerical problems on Internal energy, 2 04-7-19 1,2,3
enthalpy, specific heat and latent heat, 05-7-19
Assignement-1
10 Tutorial-2 1 08-7-19 3
Number of classes required 13 Number of classes taken:
Unit-II FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS
11 Introduction, Energy - Property of the 1 09-7-19 1
system
12 Thermodynamic Process and its 1 11-7-19 1,2
derivations
13 First Law Analysis of Closed and open 2 12-7-19 1,2
System undergoing different process 15-7-19
Different forms of stored energy and 2 16-7-19 1
14 forms of energy, heat, work , Mechanical forms of work
18-7-19
15 Applications of first law, PMM1 1 19-7-18 1
Numerical problems on work and energy
Tutorial-3 1 22-7-19 3
16 Thermodynamic analysis of control volume-conservation of mass,
1 23-7-19 1,2
conservation of energy principle
17 Flow work , Steady Flow Process 1 25-7-19 1,2
18 Steady Flow Energy Equation 1 26-7-19 1,2
19
Steady Flow Engineering Devices- Nozzles, Diffusers, Turbine, Compressors, Throttling Valves, Heat
2 29-7-19
30-7-19
1,2,6 Exchangers and Limitations
20 Numerical problems on steady flow energy equation, Assignement-2
1 01-8-19 1,2,3
21 Tutorial-4 1 02-8-19 3
Number of classes required 15 Number of classes taken:
Unit-III SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS
22 Thermal energy reservoirs, heat engines, Refrigerator, heat pumps
1 13-8-19
1
23 Kelvin-Planks, Clausius statement of second law of thermodynamics
1 16-8-19
1
24 Numerical Problems on Second law of TD
1 19-8-19
1,2,3
25 Equivalence of Kelvin -Planck and Clausius statements
1 20-8-19
1,2
26
Perpetual Motion Machine-II Differences between reversible and irreversible process, Carnot cycle
1
22-8-19
1,2
27
Carnot Theorem –Numerical problem 1 23-8-19
1, 2, 3
28 Entropy: Introduction, Clausius inequality, t-s property diagrams
1 26-8-19
1,2
29 Entropy change for ideal gases - Derivations
1 27-8-19
1,2
30 Isentropic relations for ideal gases,
Principle of increase of entropy 1 29-8-19
1
31 Applications of Entropy- Third law of Thermodynamics
1 30-8-19
1,2
32 Numerical Problems, Assignement-3 1
03-9-19 1, 3
33 Tutorial-5 1 05-9-19 3
Number of classes required 12 Number of classes taken:
Unit-IV NON REACTIVE MIXTURES AND PURE SUBSTANCE
34
Non-reactive mixtures Introduction,
composition of gas mixture ,Mass ,
Volume and mole fractions and
problems
1
06-9-19
1
35
Daltons law of additive pressures
Amagat's law of additive volumes, Ideal
gas mixture and problems
1
09-9-19
1,2
36 Non-reactive mixtures and its problems 1 12-9-19
1
37
Pure substance: Introduction, phase of pure substance, dryness fraction Phase change processes, property diagrams, P- V-T surface, property tables
1
13-9-19
1,2,5
38 Numerical Problems 1 16-9-19
1,5
39 h-s diagrams (Mollier chart) for pure substance, Assignement-4
1 17-9-19
1,2,3,5
40 Tutorial-6 1 19-9-19 3
Number of classes required 07 Number of classes taken:
Unit-V THERMODYNAMIC CYCLES
41
Vapour power cycles: Analysis of Carnot vapour cycle- Numerical Problem
1
20-9-19
1,2,5
42 Simple Rankine cycle and Problem 1 23-9-19 1,2,5
43
Gas power cycles-
Introduction, Analysis of power cycles-
Carnot cycle-Otto cycle –Numerical
problems
1
24-9-19
1,2,5
44 Diesel cycle, Dual cycle - Numerical
Problems 1 26-9-19
1,5
45 Brayton Cycles and its problems 1 27-9-19
1,2
46 Atkinson cycle derivation and numerical
problem 1 30-9-19
1,2
47 Tutorial-7 1 01-10-19
3
48
Refrigeration cycles: Reversed Carnot cycle, Bell-Coleman cycle
1
03-10-19
1,2,6
49 Problems on Bell-Coleman cycles
1 10-10-19 1,2
50 Simple vapour compression cycle and problems, Assignement-5
1 11-10-19
1,2,3
Number of classes required 10 Number of classes taken:
Total Number of classes required for the
subject
50
Contents beyond the syllabus
51 Advanced Thermometers, temperature
indicators
1 11-10-19 1,2
52 Combined and Cogeneration cycles 1 11-10-19 1,2
Delivery Methods (DM):
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)
TLM2 PPT TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam
Prabha/MOOCS)
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Group Discussion/Project
Part - C EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Evaluation of Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 Q=10
Assignments 1,2,3,4,5 A1=5
Attendance 1,2,3,4,5 A1=5
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B 1,2,3,4,5 40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 60
Total Marks: A+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 100
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in
Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.
PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become
successful in multidisciplinary activities.
PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and
synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering
activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to
the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need
for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive
clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and
leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)
1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal systems.
2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards
improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and
manufacturability of products.
3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of
performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of
energy and other process equipment.
Course
Instructor Course
Coordinator Module
Coordinator HOD
Signature
Name of the Faculty
LAKKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., MECH (C) ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : MECHANICS OF SOLIDS-17ME04 L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3-1-0 COURSE CREDITS 3 COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr.Y. APPALA NAIDU COURSE COORDINATOR : K.V.VISWANADH PRE-REQUISITE : Engineering Mechanics
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
The objective of the course is to analyze the stresses & deformations in mechanical members due to various loads. COURSE OUTCOMES (CO):
After completion of the course students will be able to CO1: Compute the stresses & deformations of a member due to axial loading under uniform and non uniform conditions. CO2: Analyze the variation of SF & BM in determinate beams. CO3: Analyze the structural members subjected to flexural and torsional loads. CO4: Analyze the biaxial stresses developed at a point of stressed member and identify shear stresses across the cross section of a beam. CO5: Evaluate deflections for statically determinate beams and analyze the thin and thick pressure vessels.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):
COs PO 1
PO 2
PO 3
PO 4
PO 5
PO 6
PO 7
PO 8
PO 9
PO 10
PO 11
PO 12
PSO 1
PSO 2
PSO 3
CO1 3 2 1 1 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 1 3
CO5 3 2 1 1 1 3
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS: T1 Popov, E.P., “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, PHI, 2ndEdition, 2009 T2 Sadhu Singh, “Strength of Materials”, Khanna Publishers, 10thEdition,
reprint 2013. BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS: R1 S.Ramamrutham, “Strength of Materials”, 14thEdition, DhanpatRai&
Sons, 2011. R2 M.L.Gambhir, “Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics”, PHI Learning, 2009 R3 M.Chakraborti, “Strength of Materials”, S.K.Kataria& Sons R4 R.Subramanian, “Strength of Materials”, 2ndEdition, Oxford University
Press, 2010. R5 R.K.Bansal, “Strength of Materials”, 15thEdition, Laxmi Publishers,
2013. R6 James M.Gere, Barry J.Goodno, “Mechanics of Materials”, 7thEdition,
CEngage Learning, 2009.
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A
UNIT-I : SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS
UNIT-II : SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
19.
Introduction to Shear force and bending moment; Relation between
Shear Force, Bending Moment & rate of Loading
01
23-07-19 TLM1
CO2
T1,R1,R6
20.
Shear force & Bending moment Diagrams for cantilever beam
subjected to Concentrated loads & UDL.
01
24-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO2
T2,R6
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1.
Introduction to Mechanics of
Materials - Course Educational
Objective (CEO) & Course Outcomes (CO’s)
01
18-06-19 TLM1
CO1
T1,R6
2. Concept of Stress & Strain
01 19-06-19
TLM1 CO1 T2,R6
3. Mechanical properties of
Materials 01
20-06-19 TLM1 CO1 T2
4. Stress Strain diagrams for Mild
Steel -Hooke’s Law 01
22-06-19 TLM1 CO1 T1
5. Evaluation of Proof stress by
Offset method 01
25-06-19 TLM1 CO1 T1
6.
Stresses, Strains & Deformations of a body due to axial force Factor of Safety
01
26-06-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1
T2,R1,R6
7. Principle of superposition
01 27-06-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO1 T2,R1
8. Bars of uniformly varying sections
01 29-06-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO1 T2,R1
9. Deformation of Stepped bar due
to axial loads 01
02-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1 T2,R1
10. Tutorial-I
01 03-07-19
TLM3 CO1 -
11. Stresses in composite bars &
Problems 01
04-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1 T2,R1
12. Temperature stresses & problems 01 06-07-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO1 T2,R1
13. Strain energy due to steady load,
sudden load & impact load 01
09-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1 T2,R1
14.
Lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio & change in volume; Shear stress & shear strain
01
10-07-19 TLM1
CO1
T2,R1
15. Relation between Young’s
Modulus and shear Modulus 01
11-07-19 TLM1 CO1 T2,R1
16. Relation between Elastic modulii
& Problems 01
16-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO1 T2,R1
17. Tutorial-II 01 17-07-19
TLM3 CO1 -
18. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-I) 01 19-07-19
TLM6 CO1 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I 18 No. of classes taken:
21.
Shear force & Bending moment
Diagrams for Simply supported
beam subjected to Concentrated
loads & UDL.
01
25-07-19
TLM1/ TLM4
CO2
T2,R6
22.
Estimation of Maximum bending
moment for simply supported beam
01
27-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO2
T1,T2,R1
23. Tutorial-III
01 30-07-19
TLM3 CO2 -
24.
Shear force & Bending moment
Diagrams for Overhanging beam
subjected to Concentrated loads &
UDL
01
31-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO2
T2,R6
25.
Estimation of Maximum bending
moment & point of contra flexure
for Overhanging beams
01
01-08-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO2
T2,R1
26. Tutorial-IV 01 03-08-19
TLM3 CO2 -
27. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-II)
01 03-08-19
TLM6 CO2 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II 09 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-III : STRESSES IN BEAMS & TORSION
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
28. Theory of Simple bending,
assumptions 01
13-08-19 TLM1 CO3 T1,R1,R6
29. Derivation of flexure equation 01 14-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T1,R1,R6
30. Section modulus and problems 01 17-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T2,R1
31. Normal stresses due to flexure
applications 01
20-08-19 TLM1 CO3 T1,R6
32. Tutorial-V
01 21-08-19
TLM3 CO3 -
33. Theory of torsion, Assumptions 01 22-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2,R1
34. Derivation of Torsion equation 01 27-08-19
TLM1 CO3 T1,T2,R1
35.
Polar modulus, Power transmitted by shaft, Stresses in solid and hollow circular shafts
01
28-08-19 TLM1
CO3
T1,T2,R1
36. Tutorial-VI 01 29-08-19
TLM3 CO3 -
37. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-III)
01 31-08-19
TLM6 CO3 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III 10 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-IV : ANALYSIS OF COMBINED STRESSES & SHEAR STRESSES
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
38.
State of stress at a point, normal
and tangential stresses on inclined planes
01
03-09-19 TLM2/ TLM4
CO4
T1,R6
39. Problem on normal and tangential stresses on inclined planes
01 04-09-19 TLM2/
TLM4 CO4 T1,R6
Principle stresses and their planes, maximum shear stress plane
40. Mohr’s circle diagram Problems on Mohr’s circle
01 05-09-19 TLM2/
TLM4 CO4 T1,R6
41. Tutorial-VII
01 07-09-19
TLM3 CO4 -
42.
Concept of shear stress variation
over cross section due to flexural loads Derivation of lateral shear stress
01
11-09-19 TLM1
CO4
T1,R1,R6
43. Shear stress distribution across
rectangular & circular sections 01
12-09-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO4 T2,R1,R6
44. Problems on distribution of Shear
stress 01
17-09-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO4 T1,T2,R1
45. Tutorial-VIII
01 18-09-19
TLM3 CO4 -
46. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-IV)
01 19-09-19
TLM6 CO4 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV 9 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-V : DEFELCTION OF BEAMS & THIN AND THICK SHELLS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
47.
Derivation of Differential equation
for elastic line (Deflection Equation)
01
21-09-19 TLM1
CO5
T1,R6
48. Deflection & Slope equations for
cantilever beam 01
24-09-19 TLM1 CO5 T1,R6
49. Deflection & Slope equations for
simply supported beam 01
25-09-19 TLM1 CO5 T1,R6
50. Macaulay’s method 01 26-09-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO5 T2,R1
51. Tutorial-IX
01 28-09-19
TLM3 CO5 -
52. Introduction to thin & thick shells 01 01-09-19
TLM1 CO5 T2,R1
53. Hoop stress and longitudinal stresses for thin cylinders
01 03-10-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO5 T2,R1
54. Change in volume of thin cylinder 01 05-10-19 TLM1/
TLM4 CO5 T2,R1
55.
Derivation of Lame’s equations of
Thick cylinders; Problems on thick cylinders
01
09-10-19 TLM1/ TLM4
CO5
T2,R1
56. Tutorial-X 01 10-10-19
TLM3 CO5 -
57. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-V)
01 12-10-19
TLM6 CO5 -
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V 11 No. of classes taken:
Contents beyond the Syllabus
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text
Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
58. Theories of Failure 01 13-09-19
TLM2 - R6
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17/06/19 03/08/19 7
I Mid Examinations 05/08/19 10/08/19 1
II Phase of Instructions 12/08/19 12/10/19 9
II Mid Examinations 14/10/19 19/10/19 1
Preparation and Practicals 21/10/19 31/10/19 1.5
Semester End Examinations 01/11/19 16/11/19 2
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=5
Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=5
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Online Quiz Examination-1 1,2 C1=10
Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=5
Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=5
Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=5
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Online Quiz Examination-2 3,4,5 C2=10
Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Evaluation of Online Quiz Examination: C 1,2,3,4,5 C=10
Evaluation of Attendance marks: D (As per the Academic Regulations) - D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : CIE=A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 CIE=40
Semester End Examinations: SEE 1,2,3,4,5 SEE=60
Total Marks: CIE+SEE 1,2,3,4,5 100
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES:
PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering. PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become successful in multidisciplinary activities. PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)
Engineering Graduates will be able to:
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs): 1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal
systems. 2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards
improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.
3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.
Dr.Y. Appala Naidu K. V. Viswanadh Dr.Y.Appala Naidu Dr.S.Pichi Reddy
Course Instructor
Course Coordinator
Module Coordinator
HOD
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)
L.B.Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram – 521 230, Krishna Dt.,Andhra Pradesh,
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
COURSE HANDOUT-C/SEC
Part-A
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., Mechanical Engineering
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : Metallurgy and Material Science – 17ME05
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3 (L) – 0 (T) - 0 (P)
COURSE CREDITS 3
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. G. Naresh
COURSE COORDINATOR :
PRE-REQUISITES : Applied Mathematics, Engineering Physics, Engineering Chemistry
COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs): The objectives of this course are to
acquire knowledge on structure of metals and alloys, understand the concept of alloys and
equilibrium diagrams; demonstrate the concept of heat treatment process.
COURSE OUTCOMES (COs) At the end of the course, the student will be able to: CO1 : Estimate the properties of the metals and alloys based on structures.
CO2 : Classify, construct and analyze equilibrium diagrams.
CO3 : Analyze and distinguish various ferrous, non-ferrous metals and alloys.
CO4 : Identify the influence of mechanical working and heat treatment principles on materials.
CO5 : Classify, analyze and suggest the suitable manufacturing method for composite
materials.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO
11
PO
12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2
CO2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2
CO3 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2
CO4 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2
CO5 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight (Low), 2 –
Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:
T1 V.D.Kotgire, S.V Kotgire, Material Science and Metallurgy, Everest Publishing HOUSE 24th Edition,2008.
T2 Sidney H.Avener,Introduction to Physical METALLURGY,Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd
Edition,2011.
BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 Richard A.Flinn,Paul K.T rojan, Engineering Material sand Their Aapplication,Jaico Publishing House, 4th edition,1999.
R2 U.C.Jindal and Atish Mozumber,M aterial since and metallurgy, rearson education-
2012.
UNIT-I:
Part-B
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
63. INTRODUCTION : Introduction to Metallurgy and Materials Science
1 18-06-2019
TLM1 CO1 T1, T2
64. Classification of Engineering Materials, Mechanical Properties of Materials
1 20-06-2019
TLM1 CO1 T1, T2
65. Structure of Metals; Crystal Structures- Introduction, Tutorial I, Quiz I
1 21-06-2019
TLM1, TLM3 CO1 T1, T2
66. Simple cubic and Face centered Cubic structures,
Body Centered Cubic structure 1 25-06-2019
TLM1,TLM5 CO1 R1 to R4
67. Closed Pack Hexagonal and Crystallographic Planes 1 27-06-2019 TLM1 CO1 T1, T2
68. Mechanism of Crystallization of Metals, Grain and Grain Boundaries, Tutorial II, Quiz II
1 28-06-2019
TLM1, TLM3 CO1 T1, T2
69. Effect of Grain Boundaries on the Properties of Materials, Determination of Grain Size
1 02-07-2019
TLM1 CO1 T1, T2
70.
Constitution of Alloys: Necessity of alloying, Interstitial and Substitutional Solid Solutions, Hume Rotherys rules, Tutorial III, Quiz III
1
04-07-2019
TLM1, TLM2,
TLM3
CO1
R1 to R4
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-II: EQUILIBRIUM DIAGRAMS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Equilibrium of Diagrams-Introduction 1 05-07-2019 TLM1 CO2 T1, T2
2.
Cooling Curves for Pure Metals and
Alloys, Experimental Methods of
Construction of E.D
1
09-07-2019
TLM1
CO2
T1, T2
3.
Classification of E .D, Isomorphous E.D,
Eutectic ED, Partial Eutetic Equilibrium
Diagrams.
1
11-07-2019
TLM1,TLM2
4. Tutorial V, Quiz V 1 12-07-2019 TLM3 CO2 T1, T2
5. Equilibrium Cooling and Heating of Alloys, Lever rule, Coring
1 16-07-2019 TLM1,
TLM5 CO2 R1 to R4
6. Transformations in the Solid State- Allotropy
18-07-2019
TLM1
7. Eutectic reaction, Eutectoid reactions, Tutorial VI, Quiz VI
1 19-07-2019 TLM1,
TLM3 CO2 T1, T2
8. Peritectoid Reactions, Cu-Ni Equilibrium Diagram, Bi-Cd Equilibrium Diagram
1 23-07-2019
TLM1 CO2 T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II: 8 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-III: FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS, STEELS AND CAST IRONS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Ferrous Metals and Alloys- Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium
Diagrams 1 25-07-2019
TLM1 CO3
T1, T2
2. Structural Changes in Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium Diagram 1 26-07-2019 TLM1 CO3 T1, T2
3. Phase Calculations in Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium Diagram 1 30-07-2019 TLM1 CO3 T1, T2
4. Steels-Introduction, Classification of Steels 1 01-08-2019 TLM1 CO3 R1 to R4
5. Tutorial VIII, Quiz VIII 1 02-08-2019 TLM3 CO3 T1, T2
6. Low Carbon Steel, Medium Carbon, High Carbon Steel , Cast Irons-Introduction, Classification of Cast Irons
1 13-08-2019 TLM1,
TLM2 CO3 T1, T2
7. White Cast Iron, Malleable Cast Iron, Grey Cast Iron ,
Spheriodal Graphite C.I 1 15-08-2019
TLM1,
TLM2 CO3 R1 to R4
8. Tutorial VIII, Quiz VIII 1 16-08-2019 TLM3 CO3 T1, T2
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III: 8 No. of classes taken:
UNIT-IV: MECHANICAL WORKING , HEAT TREATMENT OF ALLOYS
Sign
Hardening Treatment 1
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV: 8 No. of classes taken: 15-08
16-08
20-08
22-08
23-08
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes
Required
Tentative
Date of
Completion
Actual
Date of
Completion
Teaching
Learning
Methods
Learning
Outcome
COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Weekly
1. Mechanical Working- Hot Working, Cold
Working 1
13-08-2019 TLM1 CO4 T1, T2
2. Strain Hardening, Recovery and
Recrystallisation 1
15-08-2019 TLM1 CO4 R1 to R4
3. Heat treatment of Alloys- Annealing,
Normalizing, Hardening 1
16-08-2019 TLM1 CO4 T1, T2
4. Construction of TTT diagrams for Eutectoid
Steels 1
20-08-2019 TLM1,TLM2 CO4 T1, T2
5. Tutorial-7 1 22-08-2019 TLM3 CO4 R1 to R4
6. Hardenability- Jominy End Quench Test, Surface
- Hardening Methods- Introduction 1
23-08-2019 TLM1 CO4 T1, T2
7. Induction, Flame Hardening, Carburising, Age 27-08-2019 TLM1 CO4 T1, T2
8. Tutorial-8 1 29-08-2019 TLM3 CO4 R1 to R4
UNIT-V: NON FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS, COMPOSITE MATERIALS
S.No.
Topics to be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text Book
followed
HOD
Sign
Weekly
1. Non Ferrous Metals and Alloys-Introduction, Structure, Properties of Copper and it’s Alloys
1 30-08-2019
TLM1 CO5 T1, T2
2. Structure, Properties of Aluminum and it’s Alloys
1 03-09-2019
TLM1 CO5 T1, T2
3. Tutorial-9 1 05-09-2019 TLM3 CO5 T1, T2
4. Composite materials : Classification of Composites
1 06-09-2019 TLM1,
TLM2 CO5 R1 to R4
5. Manufacturing of Composite Materials 1 10-09-2019 TLM1 CO5 T1, T2
6. Hand lay up processes and Filament Winding Processes
1 12-09-2019
TLM1,TLM2 CO5 T1, T2
7.
SMC Processes, Continuous Pultrusion Processes, Resin Transfer Moulding
1
13-09-2019
TLM1
CO5
T1, T2
8. Metal Ceramic Mixtures-Introduction
1 19-09-2019
TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4
9. Metal matrix composites 1 24-09-2019 TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4
10. C-C composites 1 03-10-2019 TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4
11.
II Mid Examinations
6 days
14-10-2019
To
19-10-2019
No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V: 10 No. of classes taken:
CONTENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS:
S.No.
Topics to
be covered
No. of
Classes Required
Tentative
Date of Completion
Actual
Date of Completion
Teaching
Learning Methods
Learning
Outcome COs
Text
Book followed
HOD
Sign
1.
Advanced
Topics in
Unit I
1
TLM1
CO1
T1, T2,
R1 to R5
2.
Advanced
Topics in Unit II
1
TLM1
CO2
3.
Advanced Topics in
Unit III
1
TLM1
CO3
4.
Advanced
Topics in
Unit IV
1
TLM1
CO4
5.
Advanced
Topics in
Unit V
1
TLM1
CO5
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)
TLM2 PPT TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam Prabha/MOOCS)
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Group Discussion/Project
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
Commencement of Class Work: 18-12-2017
I Phase of Instructions 17-06-2019 03-08-2019 7
I Mid Examinations 05-08-2019 10-08-2019 1
II Phase of Instructions 12-08-2019 12-10-2019 9
II Mid Examinations 14-10-2019 19-10-2018 1
Preparation and Practicals 21-10-2019 31-10-2019 2
Semester End Examinations 01-11-2019 16-11-2019 2
Part - C
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=05
Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=05
I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20
Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=05
Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=05
Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=05
II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20
Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5) 1,2,3,4,5 A=05
Evaluation of Mid Marks: B= 75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2)
1,2,3,4,5 B=20
Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B 1,2,3,4,5 A+B=25
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 C=75
Total Marks: A+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 A+B+C=100
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):
PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in
Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.
PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become
successful in multidisciplinary activities.
PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):
Engineering Graduates will be able to:
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems
and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and
synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering
activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities
relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need
for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and
write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and
receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and
leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
PSO1: To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal
systems.
PSO2: To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards
improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and
manufacturability of products.
PSO3: To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of
performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation
of energy and other process equipment.
Position Course
Instructor
Course
Coordinator
Module
Coordinator HOD
Name
Signature
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., ECE – A Section
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering Lab – 17EC73
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 0-0-2
COURSE CREDITS : 2
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K.Sasi Bhushan
COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan
COURSE OBJECTIVE: This course provides practical exposure on linear, non linear wave shaping circuits and switching
behaviour of non linear devices. It also demonstrates the generation of non sinusoidal signals, as
well as realization of sampling circuits.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student will be able to:
CO1 Analyze basic electronic devices and circuits.
CO2 Examine different applications of OP-AMP and 555 timers.
CO3 Apply logic gates for different applications.
CO4 Design the basic circuits using Multisim simulation software.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX(Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 1 -- -- 1 -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --
CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CO3 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CO4 1 1 1 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’
1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
LAB SCHEDULE (LESSON PLAN): Section-A
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Minimum 12 Experiments to be conducted)
S.No.
Experiments to be conducted
No. of Classes
Required
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
HOD Sign
Weekly
CYCLE-1
1. Introduction Lab experiments
2 17 – 06 - 19
TLM8
2. V-I Characteristics of P-N junction diode
2 24 – 06 – 19
TLM8
3. V-I Characteristics of zener diode
2 01 – 07 – 19
TLM8
4. Half wave rectifier without filter
2 08 – 07 – 19
TLM8
5. Half wave rectifier with filter 2
15 – 07 – 19
TLM8
6. Full wave rectifier without filter
2 22 – 07 – 19
TLM8
7. Full wave rectifier with filter 2
29 – 07 – 19
TLM8
CYCLE-2
8. Transistor characteristics in common emitter mode
2 19 – 08 – 19
TLM8
9. Frequency response of common emitter amplifier
2 26 – 08 – 19
TLM8
10. 741 Op-amp as inverting amplifier
2 09 – 09 – 19
TLM8
11. 741 Op-amp as non- inverting amplifier
2 16 – 09 – 19
TLM8
12. 741 Op-amp applications – Adder and Subtractor
2 23 – 09 – 19
TLM8
13. 741 Op-amp as comparator 2
30 – 09 – 19
TLM8
14. Internal Exam 2
07 – 10 – 19
TLM8
No. of classes required to complete: 28 No. of classes conducted:
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W
I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W
II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W
II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W
Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W
Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W
*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Day to Day work 1,2,3,4 A1=20
Attendance (>95%=5, 90-95%=4,85-90%=3,80-85%=2,75-80%=1)
A2=5
Viva-Voce 1,2,3,4 A3=5
Internal Lab Examination 1,2,3,4 B=10
Total Internal Marks(A1+A2+A3+B) C=40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4 D=60
Total Marks: C+D 1,2,3,4 100
Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Dr. M.Venkata Sudhakar Dr. Y.Amar Babu
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., ECE – B Section
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering Lab – 17EC73
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 0-0-2
COURSE CREDITS : 2
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K.Sasi Bhushan
COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan
COURSE OBJECTIVE: This course provides practical exposure on linear, non linear wave shaping circuits and switching
behaviour of non linear devices. It also demonstrates the generation of non sinusoidal signals, as
well as realization of sampling circuits.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student will be able to:
CO1 Analyze basic electronic devices and circuits.
CO2 Examine different applications of OP-AMP and 555 timers.
CO3 Apply logic gates for different applications.
CO4 Design the basic circuits using Multisim simulation software.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX(Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 1 -- -- 1 -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --
CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CO3 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CO4 1 1 1 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’
1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
LAB SCHEDULE (LESSON PLAN): Section-B
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Minimum 12 Experiments to be conducted)
S.No.
Experiments to be conducted
No. of Classes
Required
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
HOD Sign
Weekly
CYCLE-1
1. Introduction Lab experiments
2 21 – 06 - 19
TLM8
2. V-I Characteristics of P-N junction diode
2 28 – 06 – 19
TLM8
3. V-I Characteristics of zener diode
2 05 – 07 – 19
TLM8
4. Half wave rectifier without filter
2 12 – 07 – 19
TLM8
5. Half wave rectifier with filter 2
19 – 07 – 19
TLM8
6. Full wave rectifier without filter
2 26 – 07 – 19
TLM8
7. Full wave rectifier with filter 2
02 – 08 – 19
TLM8
CYCLE-2
8. Transistor characteristics in common emitter mode
2 16 – 08 – 19
TLM8
9. Frequency response of common emitter amplifier
2 23 – 08 – 19
TLM8
10. 741 Op-amp as inverting amplifier
2 30 – 08 – 19
TLM8
11. 741 Op-amp as non- inverting amplifier
2 06 – 09 – 19
TLM8
12. 741 Op-amp applications – Adder and Subtractor
2 13 – 09 – 19
TLM8
13. 741 Op-amp as comparator 2
20 – 09 – 19
TLM8
14. Beyond the Syllabus 2
27 – 10 – 19
TLM8
15. Revision
04 – 10 – 19
16. Internal Exam 2
11 – 10 – 19
TLM8
No. of classes required to complete: 32 No. of classes conducted:
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W
I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W
II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W
II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W
Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W
Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W
*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Day to Day work 1,2,3,4 A1=20
Attendance (>95%=5, 90-95%=4,85-90%=3,80-85%=2,75-80%=1)
A2=5
Viva-Voce 1,2,3,4 A3=5
Internal Lab Examination 1,2,3,4 B=10
Total Internal Marks(A1+A2+A3+B) C=40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4 D=60
Total Marks: C+D 1,2,3,4 100
Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Dr. M.Venkata Sudhakar Dr. Y.Amar Babu
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE
LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., ECE – C Section
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering Lab – 17EC73
STRUCTURE : 0-0-2
COURSE CREDITS : 2
COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. M. Samba Siva Reddy
COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan
COURSE OBJECTIVE: This course provides practical exposure on linear, non linear wave shaping circuits and switching
behaviour of non linear devices. It also demonstrates the generation of non sinusoidal signals, as
well as realization of sampling circuits.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student will be able to:
CO1 Analyze basic electronic devices and circuits.
CO2 Examine different applications of OP-AMP and 555 timers.
CO3 Apply logic gates for different applications.
CO4 Design the basic circuits using Multisim simulation software.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX(Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 1 -- -- 1 -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --
CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CO3 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CO4 1 1 1 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’
1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
LAB SCHEDULE (LESSON PLAN): Section-C
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Minimum 12 Experiments to be conducted)
S.No.
Experiments to be conducted
No. of Classes
Required
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
HOD Sign
Weekly
CYCLE-1
1. Introduction Lab experiments
2 22 – 06 - 19
TLM8
2. V-I Characteristics of P-N junction diode
2 29 – 06 – 19
TLM8
3. V-I Characteristics of zener diode
2 06 – 07 – 19
TLM8
4. Half wave rectifier without filter
2 13 – 07 – 19
TLM8
5. Half wave rectifier with filter 2
20 – 07 – 19
TLM8
6. Full wave rectifier without filter
2 27 – 07 – 19
TLM8
7. Full wave rectifier with filter 2
03 – 08 – 19
TLM8
CYCLE-2
8. Transistor characteristics in common emitter mode
2 17 – 08 – 19
TLM8
9. Frequency response of common emitter amplifier
2 31 – 08 – 19
TLM8
10. 741 Op-amp as inverting amplifier
2 07 – 09 – 19
TLM8
11. 741 Op-amp as non- inverting amplifier
2 14 – 09 – 19
TLM8
12. 741 Op-amp applications – Adder and Subtractor
2 21 – 09 – 19
TLM8
13. 741 Op-amp as comparator 2
28 – 09 – 19
TLM8
14. Revision 2
05 – 10 – 19
TLM8
15. Internal Exam 2
12 – 10 – 19
TLM8
No. of classes required to complete: 32 No. of classes conducted:
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W
I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W
II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W
II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W
Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W
Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W
*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task COs Marks
Day to Day work 1,2,3,4 A1=20
Attendance (>95%=5, 90-95%=4,85-90%=3,80-85%=2,75-80%=1)
A2=5
Viva-Voce 1,2,3,4 A3=5
Internal Lab Examination 1,2,3,4 B=10
Total Internal Marks(A1+A2+A3+B) C=40
Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4 D=60
Total Marks: C+D 1,2,3,4 100
Mr.M.Samaba Siva Reddy Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Dr. M.Venkata Sudhakar Dr. Y.Amar Babu
Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE
LAKKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Sem., ME – C SEC
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20
COURSE NAME & CODE : Materials Testing Lab, 17ME64
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 0-0-2
COURSE CREDITS 1
COURSE INSTRUCTOR :J.V.SOMI REDDY/V.VENKATESU
COURSE COORDINATOR :
PRE-REQUISITE: Engineering Mechanics, Mechanics of Solids
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
The Objective of this course is to make the students observe the response of the materials under different loads and measure various mechanical properties.
COURSE OUTCOMES (CO)
CO 1 Observe the behavior of materials by conducting tension, compression & shear tests.
CO 2 Evaluate the impact strength of materials.
CO 3 Determine the hardness of given material.
CO 4 Determine the Elastic constants of given materials by using flexure and torsion tests.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):
COs PO 1
PO 2
PO 3
PO 4
PO 5
PO 6
PO 7
PO 8
PO 9
PO 10
PO 11
PO 12
PSO 1
PSO 2
PSO 3
CO1 1 3 2 1 3
CO2 1 3 2 1 3
CO3 1 3 2 1 3
CO4 1 3 2 1 3
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
REFERENCE:
R1 Lab Manual
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-C
Batch:C2 (18761A03E8-3G4 & 19765A03 -3 )
S.No.
Experiment to be
conducted
No. of Classes Require
d
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
Reference
HOD Sign
Weekly
1. Demonstration 2 17-06-2019 TLM8 -
2. Experiment-1 2 24-06-2019 TLM8 R1
3. Experiment-2
2 01-07-2019
TLM8 R1
4. Experiment-3
2 08-07-2019
TLM8 R1
5. Experiment-4
2 15-07-2019
TLM8 R1
6. Experiment-5
2 21-07-2019
TLM8 R1
7. Demonstration
2 22-07-2019
TLM8 -
8. Experiment-6
2 29-07-2019
TLM8 R1
9. Experiment-7
2 12-08-2019
TLM8 R1
10. Experiment-8
2 18-08-2019
TLM8 R1
11. Experiment-9
2 26-08-2019
TLM8 R1
12. Experiment-10
2 02-09-2019
TLM8 R1
13. Repetition 2 16-09-2019 TLM8 R1
14. Repetition 2 23-09-2019 TLM8 R1
15. Lab Internal 2 30-09-2019 - -
Additional Experiments:
S.No.
Experiment to be
conducted
No. of Classes Require
d
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
Reference
HOD Sign
Weekly
16. Compression test on UTM
2 07-10-2019
TLM8 -
Batch: C1 (18761A03B1-18761A03E7)
S.No.
Experiment to be
conducted
No. of Classes Require
d
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
Reference
HOD Sign
Weekly
1. Demonstration 2 19-06-2019 TLM8 -
2. Experiment-1 2 26-06-2019 TLM8 R1
3. Experiment-2
2 03-07-2019
TLM8 R1
4. Experiment-3
2 04-07-2019
TLM8 R1
5. Experiment-4
2 10-07-2019
TLM8 R1
6. Experiment-5
2 17-07-2019
TLM8 R1
7. Demonstration
2 24-07-2019
TLM8 -
8. Experiment-6
2 31-07-2019
TLM8 R1
9. Experiment-7
2 07-08-2019
TLM8 R1
10. Experiment-8
2 14-08-2019
TLM8 R1
11. Experiment-9
2 21-08-2019
TLM8 R1
12. Experiment-10
2 28-08-2019
TLM8 R1
13. Repetition 2 04-09-2019 Repetition R1
14. Repetition 2 11-09-2019 Repetition R1
15. Repetition 2 18-09-2019 Repetition R1
16. Lab Internal 2 25-09-2019 - -
Additional Experiments:
S.No.
Experiment to be
conducted
No. of Classes Require
d
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
Reference
HOD Sign
Weekly
17. Compression test on UTM
2 02-10-2019
TLM8 -
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17/06/2019 03/0/2019 7
I Mid Examinations 05/08/2019 10/08/2019 1
II Phase of Instructions 12/08/2019 12/10/2019 9
II Mid Examinations 14/10/2019 19/10/2019 1
Preparation and Practicals 21/10/2019 31/10/2019 2
Semester End Examinations 01/11/2019 16/11/2019 2
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task Cos Marks
Day to Day Evaluation: A 1,2,3,4 A=20
Internal Lab Exams: B 1,2,3,4 B=10
Viva Marks: C 1,2,3,4 C=5
Attendance: D - D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : CIE=A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4 CIE=40
Semester End Examinations: SEE 1,2,3,4 SEE=60
Total Marks: CIE+SEE 1,2,3,4 100
Details of Batches: Batch No. Reg. No. of Students Number of
Students Batch No. Reg. No. of Students Number of
Students
C1A 18761A03B1-3B9
07 C2A 16761A03E8-3F4,3F6 08
C1B 17761A030C-3C6 07 C2B 17761A03F7-3G4 08 C1C 17761A03C7-3D3 07 C2C 19765A03 - 3
C1D 17761A03D4-3E0 07 C2D 19765A03 - 3
C1E 17761A03E1-3E7 06 C2E 19765A03 - 3
Batch No:
Exp. 01
Exp. 02
Exp. 03
Exp. 04
Exp. 05
Exp. 06
Exp. 07
Exp. 08
Exp. 09
Exp. 10
C1A MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10
C1B MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6
C1C MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7
C1D MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8
C1E MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9
C2A MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10
C2B MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6
C2C MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7
C2D MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8
C2E MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Exp.No. Name of the Experiment Related CO
MT1 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Charpy) CO2
MT2 Compression Test on Spring CO1
MT3 Tensile Test on Universal Testing Machine CO1
MT4 Hardness Test on Materials (Brinell) CO3
MT5 Deflection Test on Simply Supported Beams CO4
MT6 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Izod) CO2
MT7 Torsion Test on Mild Steel Rod CO4
MT8 Shear Test of MS rod on UTM CO1
MT9 Hardness Test on Materials (Rockwell) CO3
MT10 Deflection Test on Cantilever Beams CO4
NOTIFICATION OF CYCLE
Cycle Exp.No. Name of the Experiment Related CO
C
yc
le-1
MT1 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Charpy) CO2
MT2 Compression Test on Spring CO1
MT3 Tensile Test on Universal Testing Machine CO1
MT4 Hardness Test on Materials (Brinell) CO3
MT5 Deflection Test on Simply Supported Beams CO4
Cy
cle
-2 MT6 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Izod) CO2
MT7 Torsion Test on Mild Steel Rod CO4
MT8 Shear Test of MS rod on UTM CO1
MT9 Hardness Test on Materials (Rockwell) CO3
MT10 Deflection Test on Cantilever Beams CO4
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES:
PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound
knowledge in Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.
PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to
become successful in multidisciplinary activities.
PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong
learning.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)
Engineering Graduates will be able to:
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex
engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse
complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first
principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering
problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs
with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural,
societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of
data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources,
and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex
engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge
to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent
responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional
engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the
knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and
responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member
or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities
with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to
comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a
member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary
environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological
change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal
systems. 2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards
improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.
3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.
Course Instructor
Course Coordinator
Module Coordinator
HOD
LAKKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)
L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.
COURSE HANDOUT
PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Sem., ME – C SEC
ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20
COURSE NAME & CODE : MMS Lab, 17ME63
L-T-P STRUCTURE : 0-0-2
COURSE CREDITS 1
COURSE INSTRUCTOR :Dr.N.Sunil Naik/ G.Naresh
COURSE COORDINATOR :
PRE-REQUISITE: Engineering Physics, Applied Chemistry
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
The Objective of this course is to make the students observe the response of the materials under different loads and measure various mechanical properties.
COURSE OUTCOMES (CO)
CO 1 Prepare the specimens as per standards
CO 2 Observe microstructure of Different materials
CO 3 Analyze the properties of materials based on microstructure.
CO 4 Perform hardness test and heat treatment of steels
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):
COs PO 1
PO 2
PO 3
PO 4
PO 5
PO 6
PO 7
PO 8
PO 9
PO 10
PO 11
PO 12
PSO 1
PSO 2
PSO 3
CO1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2
CO2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2
CO3 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2
CO4 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2
Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).
REFERENCE:
R1 Lab Manual
COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A
Batch: C1 (18761A03B1-18761A03E7)
S.No.
Experiment to be
conducted
No. of Classes Require
d
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
Reference
HOD Sign
Weekly
1. Demonstration 2 17-06-2019 TLM8 -
2. Experiment-1 2 24-06-2019 TLM8 R1
3. Experiment-2
2 01-07-2019
TLM8 R1
4. Experiment-3
2 08-07-2019
TLM8 R1
5. Experiment-4
2 15-07-2019
TLM8 R1
6. Experiment-5
2 21-07-2019
TLM8 R1
7. Demonstration
2 22-07-2019
TLM8 -
8. Experiment-6
2 29-07-2019
TLM8 R1
9. Experiment-7
2 12-08-2019
TLM8 R1
10. Experiment-8
2 18-08-2019
TLM8 R1
11. Experiment-9
2 26-08-2019
TLM8 R1
12. Experiment-10
2 02-09-2019
TLM8 R1
13. Repetition 2 16-09-2019 TLM8 R1
14. Repetition 2 23-09-2019 TLM8 R1
15. Lab Internal 2 30-09-2019 - -
Additional Experiments:
S.No.
Experiment to be
conducted
No. of Classes Require
d
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
Reference
HOD Sign
Weekly
16. Compression
test on UTM 2 07-10-2019
TLM8 -
Batch:C2 (18761A03E8-3G4 & 19765A03 -3 )
S.No.
Experiment to be
conducted
No. of Classes Require
d
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
Reference
HOD Sign
Weekly
1. Demonstration 2 19-06-2019 TLM8 -
2. Experiment-1 2 26-06-2019 TLM8 R1
3. Experiment-2
2 03-07-2019
TLM8 R1
4. Experiment-3
2 04-07-2019
TLM8 R1
5. Experiment-4
2 10-07-2019
TLM8 R1
6. Experiment-5
2 17-07-2019
TLM8 R1
7. Demonstration
2 24-07-2019
TLM8 -
8. Experiment-6
2 31-07-2019
TLM8 R1
9. Experiment-7
2 07-08-2019
TLM8 R1
10. Experiment-8
2 14-08-2019
TLM8 R1
11. Experiment-9
2 21-08-2019
TLM8 R1
12. Experiment-10
2 28-08-2019
TLM8 R1
13. Repetition 2 04-09-2019 Repetition R1
14. Repetition 2 11-09-2019 Repetition R1
15. Repetition 2 18-09-2019 Repetition R1
16. Lab Internal 2 25-09-2019 - -
Additional Experiments:
S.No.
Experiment to be
conducted
No. of Classes Require
d
Tentative Date of
Completion
Actual Date of
Completion
Teaching Learning Methods
Reference
HOD Sign
Weekly
17. Compression test on UTM
2 02-10-2019
TLM8 -
Teaching Learning Methods
TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD
TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo
TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study
ACADEMIC CALENDAR:
Description From To Weeks
I Phase of Instructions-1 17/06/2019 03/08/2019 7
I Mid Examinations 05/08/2019 10/08/2019 1
II Phase of Instructions 12/08/2019 12/10/2019 9
II Mid Examinations 14/10/2019 19/10/2019 1
Preparation and Practicals 21/10/2019 31/10/2019 2
Semester End Examinations 01/11/2019 16/11/2019 2
EVALUATION PROCESS:
Evaluation Task Cos Marks
Day to Day Evaluation: A 1,2,3,4 A=20
Internal Lab Exams: B 1,2,3,4 B=10
Viva Marks: C 1,2,3,4 C=5
Attendance: D - D=5
Cumulative Internal Examination : CIE=A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4 CIE=40
Semester End Examinations: SEE 1,2,3,4 SEE=60
Total Marks: CIE+SEE 1,2,3,4 100
Details of Batches: Batch No. Reg. No. of Students Number of
Students Batch No. Reg. No. of Students Number of
Students
C1A 18761A03B1-3B9
07 C2A 16761A03E8-3F4,3F6 08
C1B 17761A030C-3C6 07 C2B 17761A03F7-3G4 08 C1C 17761A03C7-3D3 07 C2C 19765A03 - 3
C1D 17761A03D4-3E0 07 C2D 19765A03 - 3
C1E 17761A03E1-3E7 06 C2E 19765A03 - 3
Batch No:
Exp. 01
Exp. 02
Exp. 03
Exp. 04
Exp. 05
Exp. 06
Exp. 07
Exp. 08
Exp. 09
Exp. 10
C1A MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10
C1B MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6
C1C MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7
C1D MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8
C1E MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9
C2A MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10
C2B MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6
C2C MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7
C2D MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8
C2E MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Exp.No. Name of the Experiment Related CO
MT1 Preparation and study of the microstructure of Cu. CO1
MT2 Preparation and study of the microstructure of Al. CO1
MT3 Preparation and study of the microstructure of low
carbon steels CO1
MT4 Preparation and study of the microstructure of medium
carbon steels CO2
MT5 Preparation and study of the microstructure of high
carbon steels CO2
MT6 Preparation and study of the microstructures of gray
cast iron, malleable cast iron and nodular cast iron. CO3
MT7 Preparation and study of the microstructures of brass. CO2
MT8 Hardenability of steels by Jominy end quench test. CO1
MT9 Hardness of various treated and untreated steels CO4
MT10 Fabrication of FRP Composite by Hand lay-up method. CO4
NOTIFICATION OF CYCLE
Cycle Exp.No. Name of the Experiment Related CO
C
yc
le-1
MT1 Preparation and study of the microstructure of Cu. CO1
MT2 Preparation and study of the microstructure of Al. CO1
MT3 Preparation and study of the microstructure of low
carbon steels CO1
MT4 Preparation and study of the microstructure of medium
carbon steels CO2
MT5 Preparation and study of the microstructure of high
carbon steels CO2
C
yc
le-2
MT6 Preparation and study of the microstructures of gray
cast iron, malleable cast iron and nodular cast iron. CO3
MT7 Preparation and study of the microstructures of brass. CO2
MT8 Hardenability of steels by Jominy end quench test. CO1
MT9 Hardness of various treated and untreated steels CO4
MT10 Fabrication of FRP Composite by Hand lay-up method. CO4
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES:
PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound
knowledge in Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.
PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to
become successful in multidisciplinary activities.
PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong
learning.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)
Engineering Graduates will be able to:
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex
engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse
complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first
principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering
problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs
with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural,
societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of
data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources,
and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex
engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge
to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent
responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional
engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the
knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and
responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member
or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities
with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to
comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a
member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary
environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological
change.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal
systems. 2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards
improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.
3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.
Course Instructor
Course Coordinator
Module Coordinator
HOD